Document:

Lease Agreement

 Exhibit 10.12 

 
  
  

LEASE AGREEMENT 
 between 
 Jay Ridge LLC 

(“Landlord”) 
 and 
 ServiceNow, Inc. 

(“Tenant”) 
  

 
 3250, 3260, and 3270, Jay Street 

Santa Clara, California 

 Table of Contents 

 

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
			
	 1.
	 	Premises	  	 	1	  
	 2.
	 	Warm Shell Work	  	 	1	  
	 3.
	 	Delivery and Acceptance of Possession	  	 	4	  
	 4.
	 	Tenant Improvement Work	  	 	5	  
	 5.
	 	Allowance	  	 	6	  
	 6.
	 	Term	  	 	7	  
	 7.
	 	Rent	  	 	9	  
	 8.
	 	Prepaid Rent	  	 	15	  
	 9.
	 	Security Deposit	  	 	15	  
	 10.
	 	Utilities	  	 	16	  
	 11.
	 	Permitted Use, Restrictions on Use	  	 	16	  
	 12.
	 	Outdoor Areas	  	 	17	  
	 13.
	 	Compliance with Laws and Recorded Matters	  	 	17	  
	 14.
	 	Signs	  	 	18	  
	 15.
	 	Parking	  	 	18	  
	 16.
	 	Tenant’s Maintenance and Repair Responsibilities	  	 	18	  
	 17.
	 	Landlord’s Maintenance and Repair Responsibilities	  	 	19	  
	 18.
	 	Tenant’s Alterations	  	 	19	  
	 19.
	 	Liens	  	 	20	  
	 20.
	 	Insurance and Indemnification	  	 	21	  
	 21.
	 	Landlord’s Right to Enter	  	 	22	  
	 22.
	 	Damage or Destruction	  	 	23	  
	 23.
	 	Condemnation	  	 	23	  
	 24.
	 	Assignment, Subletting, and Change in Control	  	 	24	  
	 25.
	 	Events of Default	  	 	25	  
	 26.
	 	Remedies	  	 	26	  
	 27.
	 	Hazardous Materials	  	 	31	  
	 28.
	 	Subordination; Attornment; Notice to Mortgagee	  	 	31	  
	 29.
	 	Estoppel Certificates	  	 	33	  
	 30.
	 	Surrender	  	 	33	  
	 31.
	 	Holding Over	  	 	34	  
	 32.
	 	Notices	  	 	35	  
	 33.
	 	Satellite	  	 	36	  
	 34.
	 	Additional Provisions	  	 	36	  
	 EXHIBIT A-1 Site Plan Depicting Premises and Project
	  	 	42	  
	 EXHIBIT A-2 Trees Tenant Desires to have Removed
	  	 	43	  
	 EXHIBIT B Legal Description of the Land
	  	 	44	  
	 EXHIBIT C Connector Concept Plan
	  	 	46	  
	 EXHIBIT D Warm Shell Specifications
	  	 	47	  
	 EXHIBIT E Credit to Tenant Improvement Allowance for Warm Shell Work Not Performed by Landlord
	  	 	50	  
	 EXHIBIT F Outside Cafeteria Seating Area
	  	 	52	  
	 EXHIBIT G Sign Plans
	  	 	53	  

 Index of Defined Terms 

 

			
	 3250 Building, 1
	  	 New Owner, 32

	 3260 Building, 1
	  	 Notice to Extend, 8

	 3270 Building, 1
	  	 Operating Costs, 10

	 Additional Rent, 13
	  	 Outdoor Areas, 17

	 Allowance, 6
	  	 Permitted Affiliate Lease Transfer, 24

	 Alterations, 19
	  	 Permitted Transferee, 24

	 Annual Statement, 12
	  	 Permitted Use, 16

	 Approved Tenant Improvement Plans, 5
	  	 Phase 1 Delivery Date, 4

	 Arbitration Deadline, 8
	  	 Phase 1 Free Rent Period, 9

	 Architect, 2
	  	 Phase 1 Months, 9

	 Assignment, 24
	  	 Phase 1 Premises, 1

	 Bankruptcy Code, 25
	  	 Phase 1 Rent Commencement Date, 7

	 Building, 1
	  	 Phase 1 Warm Shell Work, 1

	 Building Shell, 21
	  	 Phase 2 Delivery Date, 4

	 Connector, 1
	  	 Phase 2 Free Rent Period, 9

	 Connector Concept Plan, 1
	  	 Phase 2 Months, 10

	 Connector Warm Shell Permits, 2
	  	 Phase 2 Premises, 1

	 Connector Warm Shell Work, 2
	  	 Phase 2 Rent Commencement Date, 7

	 Contingency Failure, 3
	  	 Phase 2 Warm Shell Work, 2

	 Contingency Termination Date, 3
	  	 Premises, 1

	 Event of Default, 25
	  	 Prevailing Market Rate, 7

	 Events of Bankruptcy, 25
	  	 Project, 1

	 Existing Building, 1
	  	 Recorded Matters, 17

	 Existing Buildings Phase 2 Warm Shell
Work, 2
	  	 Reimbursable Earthquake Insurance
Premium Cap, 21

	 Extension Option, 7
	  	 Rent, 13

	 Extension Term, 7
	  	 Security Deposit, 15

	 Final Warm Shell Plans for the Connector, 2
	  	 Sign Plans, 18

	 Hazardous Materials, 31
	  	 Sublease, 24

	 HVAC, 5
	  	 Taking, 23

	 Initial Term, 7
	  	 Taxes, 12

	 Insolvency Laws, 25
	  	 Tenant, 1

	 Interest Rate, 14
	  	 Tenant Improvement Costs, 6

	 Land, 1
	  	 Tenant Improvement Work, 5

	 Landlord, 1
	  	 Tenant Improvements, 5

	 Landlord’s Broker, 38
	  	 Tenant Party, 17

	 Laws, 17
	  	 Tenant’s Broker, 38

	 Lease, 1
	  	 Tenant’s Pylon Sign, 18

	 Lease Transfer, 24
	  	 Tenant’s Share, 10

	 Loss, 22
	  	 Tenant’s Signs, 18

	 Minor Changes, 19
	  	 Term, 7

	 Mortgage, 32
	  	 Warm Shell Specifications, 1

	 Mortgagee, 32
	  	 Warm Shell Work, 1

	 Net Rent, 9
	  	

 LEASE AGREEMENT 

This Lease Agreement (this “Lease”) is dated November      2012 and is
between Jay Ridge LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and ServiceNow, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”). 

1.       Premises.    Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and
Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the following “Premises”: (i) the existing building at 3250 Jay Street, Santa Clara, California (the “3250 Building” or the “Phase 1 Premises”); plus
(ii) the two existing buildings at 3260 and 3270 Jay Street, Santa Clara, California (the “3260 Building” and the “3270 Building”; each of these 3 buildings is an “Existing Building”); plus
(iii) a new two-story connector (the “Connector”; each of the Existing Buildings and the Connector is a “Building”) connecting the 3260 Building and the 3270 Building to be constructed substantially in
accordance with the conceptual sketch in Exhibit C to this Lease (the “Connector Concept Plan”). The 3260 Building, the 3270 Building, and the Connector are, collectively, the “Phase 2 Premises”. On the date
of this Lease, each of the 3250 Building, the 3260 Building, and the 3270 Building contains 45,368 square feet of floor area, for a total of 136,104 square feet of floor area. Landlord and Tenant anticipate that the Connector will contain
approximately 12,600 square feet of floor area. The Premises are on the land legally described in Exhibit B (the “Land”). The Premises, together with the Land and all other improvements on the Land, are the
“Project”. The Project, as it will exist at the completion of the Warm Shell Work and the Tenant Improvement Work, is depicted in the site plan in Exhibit A-1. 

2.       Warm Shell Work.  “Warm Shell Work” means
the Phase 1 Warm Shell Work, the Phase 2 Warm Shell Work, the tree removal work in Section 2.c, and the screening work in Section 2.d. 

a.       Phase 1.  Landlord will, at Landlord’s
sole cost, complete all work and improvements in the Phase 1 Premises described in the specifications (the “Warm Shell Specifications”) in Exhibit D to this Lease plus all work required to (i) make the Phase 1 Premises
and the Outdoor Areas comply with all applicable laws and regulations, including the Americans with Disabilities Act, Title 24 (the California Building Standards Code), and life safety and seismic codes, (ii) put the roof, structural
components, and electrical, mechanical, plumbing systems, and elevators in the Phase 1 Premises in good working order, and (iii) put the parking lot and site lighting in good working order (the “Phase 1 Warm Shell Work”).

 b.       Phase 2.  Landlord will, at
Landlord’s sole cost, complete all work and improvements in the 3260 Building and the 3270 Building described in the Warm Shell Specifications plus all work required to (i) make the Phase 2 Premises comply with all applicable laws and
regulations, including the Americans with Disabilities Act, Title 24 (the California Building Standards Code), and life safety and seismic codes, and (ii) put the roof, structural components, and electrical, mechanical, plumbing systems, and
elevators in the Phase 2 Premises in good working order (the “Existing Buildings Phase 2 Warm Shell Work”). In addition, Landlord will construct the Connector in accordance with this Section 2.b and Section 4. Landlord
will cause Chang Architects (“Architect”) to prepare and submit to Tenant initial proposed plans and specifications 

  

					
		 	1	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 
for the Connector substantially in accordance with the Connector Concept Plan and based on consultations with Tenant. Landlord will make reasonable efforts to cause Architect to deliver initial
proposed plans and specifications to Tenant for the Connector by November 30, 2012. The Warm Shell Work with respect to the Connector (the “Connector Warm Shell Work”) includes all work and improvements specified in the Warm
Shell Specifications, but does not include the Tenant Improvement Work in the Connector or any other tenant improvements. Tenant will cooperate with Landlord and Architect in preparing the plans and specifications for the Connector Warm Shell Work
and will not unreasonably withhold, condition, or delay its approval of the plans and specifications for the Connector Warm Shell Work. Landlord and Tenant agree to make reasonable efforts to agree on the final plans and specifications for the
Connector Warm Shell Work in a form ready to submit to the City for permit approval by December 15, 2012. The final plans and specifications that Landlord and Tenant approve for the Connector Warm Shell Work are the “Final Warm Shell
Plans for the Connector”. Landlord, with Tenant’s cooperation, will make reasonable efforts to obtain all governmental approvals, consents, and permits required to build the Connector in accordance with the Final Warm Shell Plans for
the Connector, and the Warm Shell Specifications (the “Connector Warm Shell Permits”). If necessary, Landlord and Tenant will cooperate with each other in good faith in making any alterations to the Final Warm Shell Plans for the
Connector required to obtain the Connector Warm Shell Permits, and any such revised plans and specifications that Landlord and Tenant approve will then be the “Final Warm Shell Plans for the Connector”. If the Connector Warm Shell Permits
are obtained, Landlord will construct the Connector Warm Shell Work in accordance with the Final Warm Shell Plans for the Connector, the Connector Warm Shell Permits, the Warm Shell Specifications, and all applicable Laws. The Existing Buildings
Phase 2 Warm Shell Work and the Connector Warm Shell Work are, collectively, the “Phase 2 Warm Shell Work”. 
 c.       Tree Removal.    Tenant desires to have approximately 15 to 20 trees removed from the Project at the location shown in Exhibit
A-2. Tenant agrees to assist Landlord in its efforts to get the City’s approval and any other governmental approvals or permits that are required to remove the trees. If Landlord or Tenant obtains the City’s approval and any other
required governmental approvals or permits, Landlord agrees to remove the trees at Landlord’s cost. 
 d.       Screening.  Tenant desires additional screening between the Premises and the neighboring buildings to the south, to have the existing trash
enclosure removed, and to have additional screening for an outside cafeteria seating area as shown in Exhibit F to this Lease. Tenant agrees to assist Landlord in its efforts to get the City’s approval and any other governmental
approvals or permits that are required to remove or relocate the trash enclosure and to plant landscaping or install a fence, wall, or screen. If the City does not permit the trash enclosure to be removed, Landlord and Tenant will determine whether
it can be relocated to a better location. If the City grants the required approvals, Landlord and Tenant will agree on the final plans for any landscaping, fence, wall, or screen, and Landlord will install the approved alterations, at
Landlord’s cost, subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval of the cost. 

  

					
		 	2	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 e.       Measurement
of Premises.  Landlord and Tenant agree, for all purposes related to this Lease, that the 3250 Building, the 3260 Building, and the 3270 Building collectively contain 136,104 square feet of floor area. Within 90 days after the Phase 2
Delivery Date, Landlord will deliver to Tenant a certification by Architect of the gross floor area of the Connector measured from the exteriors of all exterior walls and surfaces, and Landlord and Tenant will sign and deliver a confirmation of the
floor area of the Connector and the monthly Net Rent for the Phase 2 Premises based on that measurement. 
 f.       Connector Contingency.  If, despite Landlord’s and Tenant’s reasonable efforts, either (i) the City refuses to issue the
Connector Warm Shell Permits and Landlord and Tenant have exhausted all reasonable remedies and appeals and either Landlord or Tenant gives the other written notice that the City has refused to issue the Connector Warm Shell Permits, or
(ii) Landlord does not substantially complete the Warm Shell Work in the Phase 2 Premises by December 31, 2013 (either of such events is a “Contingency Failure”), then Tenant has the right, as its sole right or remedy with
respect to the Contingency Failure, upon 90 day’s notice written to Landlord given at any time within 90 days after the Contingency Failure occurs, to either (a) terminate this Lease as to all of the Premises, in which case this Lease will
terminate on the earlier of the 270th day after the date
Tenant delivers the termination notice or the date Tenant vacates and surrenders possession of the Phase 1 Premises to Landlord in the condition this Lease requires at the expiration of the Term (the “Contingency Termination Date”),
with the same effect as if that were the scheduled expiration date of the Initial Term, provided that Tenant must pay Net Rent with respect to the Phase 1 Premises in the amount of $113,420 per month from the date Tenant delivers the termination
notice until the Contingency Termination Date, or (b) lease the 3260 Building and the 3270 Building without the Connector, in which case Landlord and Tenant will promptly negotiate in good faith and enter into an amendment to this Lease that
excludes the Connector from the Premises but includes the 3260 Building and the 3270 Building in the Premises at the same Net Rent per square foot as this Lease provides and otherwise on substantially the same terms as this Lease with respect to the
3250 Building, the 3260 Building, and the 3270 Building. If Tenant does not exercise its right under this Section 2.f to either terminate this Lease or lease the 3260 Building and 3270 Building within 90 days after a Contingency Failure occurs,
this Lease will remain in full force and effect as to the Phase 1 Premises and Landlord and Tenant will promptly negotiate and enter into an amendment to this Lease that excludes the Phase 2 Premises from the Premises but is otherwise on
substantially the same economic terms as this Lease with respect to the Phase 1 Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant exercises its right under this Section 2.f to terminate this Lease because the City has refused to issue the
Connector Warm Shell Permits, Landlord may nullify the termination by obtaining the Connector Warm Shell Permits within 90 days after receiving Tenant’s termination notice, in which case Tenant will have no further right to terminate this Lease
or elect to lease the 3260 Building and 3270 Building without the Connector as a result of the City’s refusal to issue the Connector Warm Shell Permits. 

  

					
		 	3	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 3.       Delivery and Acceptance of
Possession. 
 a.       Phase
1.  Landlord estimates that Landlord will substantially complete the Phase 1 Warm Shell Work and the Phase 1 Tenant Improvement Work by approximately March 1, 2013. The date Landlord actually tenders possession of the Phase 1
Premises to Tenant with the Phase 1 Warm Shell Work and the Phase I Tenant Improvement Work substantially completed is the “Phase 1 Delivery Date”. Tenant agrees to accept possession of the Phase 1 Premises on the Phase 1 Delivery
Date so long as the Phase 1 Warm Shell Work and the Phase 1 Tenant Improvement Work are then substantially complete, but otherwise in their “as-is”, “where-is” condition with all faults. Tenant, Landlord, and both contractors
will do a joint walk-through inspection of the Phase 1 Premises at least 7 days before the Phase 1 Delivery Date and create a mutually approved punchlist of any items of the Phase 1 Warm Shell Work and Phase 1 Tenant Improvement Work that remain to
be completed. Landlord will complete the punchlist items reasonably promptly. 

b.       Phase 2.  Landlord estimates that Landlord
will substantially complete the Phase 2 Warm Shell Work and the Phase 2 Tenant Improvement Work by approximately July 1, 2013. The date Landlord actually tenders possession of the Phase 2 Premises to Tenant with the Phase 2 Warm Shell Work
substantially completed is the “Phase 2 Delivery Date”. Tenant agrees to accept possession of the Phase 2 Premises on the Phase 2 Delivery Date so long as the Phase 2 Warm Shell Work and the Phase 2 Tenant Improvement Work are then
substantially complete, but otherwise in their “as-is”, “where-is” condition with all faults. Tenant, Landlord, and both contractors will do a joint walk-through inspection of the Phase 2 Premises at least 7 days before the Phase
2 Delivery Date and create a mutually approved punchlist of any items of the Phase 2 Warm Shell Work and Phase 2 Tenant Improvement Work that remain to be completed. Landlord will complete the punchlist items reasonably promptly. 

c.       Warranty.    Provided that Tenant
performs all applicable servicing and maintenance this Lease requires it to perform, Landlord warrants that the roof, structural components, elevators, and electrical, mechanical, and plumbing systems in the Phase 1 Premises will remain in good
working order for 12 months after the Phase 1 Delivery Date. Provided that Tenant performs all applicable servicing and maintenance this Lease requires it to perform, Landlord warrants that the roofs, structural components, elevators, and
electrical, mechanical, and plumbing systems in the Phase 2 Premises will remain in good working order for 12 months after the Phase 2 Delivery Date. Following the delivery date for each part of the Premises, Landlord will, at Tenant’s request,
assign to Tenant the right to enforce any system warranties that cover that part of the Premises, except that Landlord reserves the right to enforce those warranties at Tenant’s request. 

d.       Disclaimer.  Landlord disclaims, and Tenant
waives, any representation or warranty other than Landlord’s express representations and warranties in this Lease as to the suitability, safety, or fitness of the Premises for Tenant’s business or intended use of the Premises, or for any
other purpose. 
 e.       Early
Access.    Landlord agrees that Tenant may enter the Phase 1 Premises and the Phase 2 Premises before Landlord delivers possession of them to Tenant, without any rent or other charge, to install cabling, furniture, security
systems, 

  

					
		 	4	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 
and other personal property, provided that Tenant must give Landlord reasonable advance notice whenever it intends to do so, and provided that Tenant must not materially interfere with or delay
any Warm Shell Work or Tenant Improvement Work. 
 4.       Tenant
Improvement Work.    Landlord will plan and construct all tenant improvements in the Phase 1 Premises and the Phase 2 Premises that Tenant requires, plus the Tenant’s Signs (the “Tenant Improvements”) in
accordance with this Section; all work required to construct the Tenant Improvements is the “Tenant Improvement Work”). Landlord will pay for the Tenant Improvement Work up to the amount of the Allowance; Tenant is responsible for
all costs of the Tenant Improvement Work in excess of the Allowance. 

a.       Scope of Work.    The Tenant
Improvement Work includes, without limitation: all electrical, heating, ventilation and air conditioning (“HVAC”), plumbing, sprinkler, and fire safety system work other than the Warm Shell Work; and all other work to building
systems and equipment serving the Premises other than the Warm Shell Work. 

b.       Plans and Specifications.  Landlord will
make reasonable efforts to have the Architect deliver initial proposed plans and specifications for the Tenant Improvement Work to Tenant by November 30, 2012. Tenant will cooperate fully with Landlord and the Architect in preparing the
proposed plans and specifications in order to complete them as soon as is reasonably practicable. Tenant will approve or disapprove each set of proposed plans and specifications as soon as is reasonably practicable, but in any case within 10
business days after Landlord delivers them. Tenant acknowledges that if a final permit set of plans for the Phase 1 Tenant Improvements is not approved by Landlord and Tenant and ready to submit to the City for permits by December 15, 2012,
Landlord will not be to deliver the Phase 1 Premises by March 1, 2013. Similarly, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord will not be able to deliver the Phase 2 Premises by July 1, 2013 if: (i) Architect is not able to deliver to Landlord
and Tenant for approval an initial design development package of plans for the Connector Warm Shell Work and the Phase 2 Tenant Improvements by November 30, 2012, (ii) the final permit set of plans for the Connector Warm Shell Work is not
approved by Landlord and Tenant and ready to submit to the City for permits by January 2, 2013, (iii) the final permit set of plans for the Phase 2 Tenant Improvements is not approved by Landlord and Tenant and ready to submit to the City
by January 15, 2013. Landlord and Tenant agree to make all reasonable efforts to meet these dates. The plans and specifications that Landlord and Tenant approve for the Tenant Improvement Work are the “Approved Tenant Improvement Plans
”. Landlord’s and Tenant’s review and approval of the plans and specifications for the Tenant Improvement Work is not an agreement or confirmation by either party that the Approved Tenant Improvement Plans or the Tenant
Improvements are fit for any particular purpose. Landlord agrees to pay for Tenant’s space planning meetings with Architect for up to $10,000 worth of planning work; this cost is in addition to the Allowance. All other space planning and
architectural costs are part of the Tenant Improvement Costs. 

c.       Contractors.  Landlord’s contractor
will complete the Warm Shell Work in the Phase 1 Premises and in the 3260 Building and the 3270 Building. Landlord will 

  

					
		 	5	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 
employ Permian Builders as the general contractor for the rest of the Warm Shell Work. Landlord will have sole authority over the administration of the contracts for the Warm Shell Work. Landlord
will employ Permian Builders for the Tenant Improvement Work, but Tenant, rather than Landlord, will be solely responsible for administering the contracts for the Tenant Improvement Work, including approving and signing change orders, with the same
effect as if Tenant were the owner under the contracts for the Tenant Improvement Work. The contracts for the Tenant Improvement Work will contain a provision that implements this delegation of authority to Tenant and Tenant will, at Landlord’s
request, sign any acknowledgment and assumption of the delegated authority that Landlord reasonably requests. 

Subject to Landlord’s delegation to Tenant of authority as owner under the contracts for the Tenant Improvement
Work, Landlord will construct the Tenant Improvements and otherwise comply with all of its obligations under this Section 4 at Tenant’s sole cost, except for the Allowance. Landlord has no right to charge any supervisory fee in connection
with the Tenant Improvement Work. 

5.       Allowance.  Landlord agrees to give Tenant credit, subject
to the terms of this Section, for an allowance (the “Allowance”) equal to (i) $25 per square foot of floor area in the Premises, as the base allowance, plus (ii) $150,000 for the cost of Tenant’s Pylon Sign, plus
(iii) an amount, which Landlord and Tenant will agree to in good faith, as a credit to Tenant, equal to Landlord’s cost savings for not performing the items of work listed in Exhibit E, but only to the extent Landlord has not
performed those items of work on the date of this Lease, plus (iv) $4 per square foot of floor area in the Premises, including the Connector, for electrical distribution. “Tenant Improvement Costs” means:
(a) Landlord’s out-of-pocket costs for preparing the Approved Tenant Improvement Plans; (b) the cost of obtaining all permits and approvals for the Tenant Improvement Work; and (c) the cost of the Tenant Improvement Work,
including all payments to the general contractor for the Tenant Improvement Work. If the Tenant Improvement Costs exceed the amount of the Allowance, Tenant is solely responsible for the excess cost, which it will pay to Landlord as follows: after
Landlord has paid or incurred invoices equal to the amount of the Allowance, Landlord may submit any additional invoices it receives for Tenant Improvement Costs and Tenant will, within 25 days, either directly pay the person who issued the invoice,
or, if Landlord has paid the invoice, reimburse Landlord. If the Tenant Improvement Costs are less than the total amount of the Allowance, Tenant is entitled, upon written request, to do one or both of the following: (A) use the unused
Allowance for costs Tenant incurs for Alterations other than the Tenant Improvements that are constructed within 12 months after the Phase 2 Delivery Date; and (B) use the unused Allowance, in an amount up to $5 per square foot of floor area in
the Premises, to purchase and install personal property and equipment in the Premises within 90 days after all of the Tenant Improvement Work is substantially complete and Tenant has occupied the Phase 2 Premises. If Tenant uses any part of the
Allowance under the preceding sentence, Tenant must request reimbursement within 15 months after the Phase 2 Delivery Date for Alterations, and within 180 days after Tenant occupies the Phase 2 Premises, for personal property and equipment. To the
extent Tenant does not use the entire Allowance for Tenant Improvement Costs and additional Alterations or personal property and equipment under the preceding two sentences, Tenant forfeits that unused portion of the Allowance and is not entitled to
receive it as a rent credit or in any other form. Except for the Allowance, Landlord has no obligation to give Tenant any allowance or otherwise 

  

					
		 	6	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 
pay or reimburse Tenant for any costs related to demolishing or constructing improvements in the Premises, moving, purchasing, or installing any fixtures, equipment, or inventory, or otherwise
occupying and opening for business in the Premises. 
 6.       Term.

 a.       Initial Term.  “Phase 1
Rent Commencement Date” means the 366th day after
the earlier of (i) the Phase 1 Delivery Date or (ii) the 120th day after Landlord substantially completes the Phase I Warm Shell Work in the 3250 Building. “Phase 2 Rent Commencement Date” means the 181st day after the earlier of (a) the Phase 2 Delivery Date, or
(b) the 120th day after Landlord substantially
completes the Phase 2 Warm Shell Work in the Phase 2 Premises. The initial term of this Lease (the “Initial Term”) commences on the earlier of the Phase 1 Delivery Date or the Phase 2 Delivery Date and ends at 5:00 p.m. California
time on the last day of the 120th full calendar month
after the later of the Phase 1 Rent Commencement Date or the Phase 2 Rent Commencement Date. If the later of the Phase 1 Rent Commencement Date or the Phase 2 Rent Commencement Date is not the first day of a calendar month, the Initial Term will be
the initial partial month in which that date occurs plus the next 120 full calendar months. The Initial Term, together with the first or both Extension Terms, if Tenant exercises them, and any other extension or renewal of the term of this Lease, is
the “Term”. Each of Landlord and Tenant will sign a letter within 10 days after request confirming the Phase 1 Delivery Date, and a second letter confirming the Phase 2 Delivery Date and the last day of the Initial Term. 

b.       Optional Extension Terms.    On
the condition that Tenant is then occupying all or substantially all of at least two of the three Existing Buildings for its business purposes in accordance with the Permitted Use and no Event of Default then exists, Tenant has two options (each, an
“Extension Option”) to extend the Term for 5 years each (each, an “Extension Term”), with the first beginning immediately after the Initial Term, and the second beginning immediately after the first Extension Term.
The terms of this Lease will remain the same during each Extension Term except that Tenant will pay Net Rent during each Extension Term at the prevailing market triple net base rent rate for premises of similar size, quality, and location, taking
into account all relevant factors and determined as of 8 months before the Extension Term begins (the “Prevailing Market Rate”). Tenant can exercise each Extension Option only by delivering a written notice to Landlord that it is
exercising the Extension Option (a “Notice to Extend”) at least 9 months but no more than 12 months before the end of the Initial Term, or the first Extension Term, as applicable. A Notice to Extend is irrevocable. The Extension
Option being exercised will automatically terminate if Tenant does not exercise it at least 9 months before the Initial Term or the first Extension Term ends, as applicable, time being of the essence. The Extension Options are personal to
ServiceNow, Inc. and a Permitted Transferee and are not transferrable or assignable to any other person, whether by an Assignment or otherwise, and any attempt do so will make the Extension Options null and void. If Tenant exercises an Extension
Option and Landlord and Tenant do not agree in writing on the Prevailing Market Rate within 30 days after Tenant delivers the Notice to Extend (the “Arbitration Deadline”), the Net Rent for that Extension Term will be determined as
follows: 
 (i)        Each of Landlord and
Tenant will appoint its arbitrator by written notice to the other within 30 days after the Arbitration Deadline. If one party fails to appoint an arbitrator by notice to the other within 30 days after the Arbitration Deadline, and again fails to do
so within 10 days after it receives a reminder notice from the other party, the one appointed arbitrator will make the determination alone. If both Landlord and Tenant appoint their arbitrators when required, those two arbitrators will, within 10
days after being appointed, appoint a third arbitrator by notice to both Landlord and Tenant. If the two arbitrators fail to appoint a third arbitrator within 10 days, then either Landlord or Tenant has the right to apply to the American Arbitration
Association or any successor for the appointment of the third arbitrator. 

  

					
		 	7	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 (ii)       Within
30 days after the third arbitrator is appointed, the arbitrators appointed by Landlord and Tenant will attempt to agree on the Prevailing Market Rate using the definition of Prevailing Market Rate in this Section 6.b. If the two arbitrators
agree on the Prevailing Market Rate within the required 30-day period, the Prevailing Market Rate they agree on is the Prevailing Market Rate for the purposes of this Lease. If the two arbitrators do not agree on the Prevailing Market Rate within
the required 30-day period, Landlord and Tenant will, within 10 days after the 30-day period, provide to each other and the third arbitrator their determinations of the Prevailing Market Rate, and the third arbitrator will, within 10 business days,
pick one of the two determinations provided by Landlord and Tenant as the Prevailing Market Rate. 
 (iii)       The arbitrators’ determination of the Prevailing Market Rate in accordance with this Section 6.b is final and binding on Landlord and
Tenant. Each party will pay the fees of the arbitrator it appoints, and they will split the fees of the third arbitrator. All arbitrators must be real estate brokers with at least 10 years of continuous experience as leasing brokers for office and
industrial property in Silicon Valley. The arbitrators have no power or authority to add to, modify, or change any provision of this Lease. 

  

					
		 	8	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 7.       Rent. 

a.       Phase 1 Net Rent.  The “Phase 1 Free
Rent Period” is the 365-day period that begins on the Phase 1 Rent Commencement Date. Starting on the day after the Phase 1 Free Rent Period and throughout the rest of the Initial Term, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord net rent
(“Net Rent”) with respect to the Phase 1 Premises in the following amounts during the following periods: 
  

					
	             
   Phase 1 Net Rent
	Phase 1 Months	 	      Monthly Net Rent     
 	 	      Monthly Net Rent 
per      
square foot
	 Phase 1 Free Rent Period
	 	None	 	None
	
Phase 1 Rent Commencement Date

through Phase 1 Month 24
	 	$113,420	 	$2.50
	 25-36
	 	$115,688	 	$2.55
	 37-48
	 	$117,957	 	$2.60
	 49-60
	 	$120,225	 	$2.65
	 61-72
	 	$122,494	 	$2.70
	 73-84
	 	$125,216	 	$2.76
	 85-96
	 	$127,484	 	$2.81
	 97-108
	 	$130,206	 	$2.87
	 109-120
	 	$132,928	 	$2.93
	 121-end of Initial Term
	 	$135,650	 	$2.99

 “Phase 1 Months” means full calendar months in the Initial Term starting
with the first full calendar month after the Phase 1 Delivery Date. For example, if the Phase 1 Delivery Date is March 15, 2013, Phase 1 Month 1 will be April, 2013, the Phase 1 Free Rent Period will be March 15, 2013 through
March 14, 2014, and Tenant will first owe Net Rent with respect to the Phase 1 Premises on March 15, 2014 in a prorated amount for the period from March 15 through March 31, 2014. And, if the Phase 1 Rent Commencement Date is the
same day as or after the Phase 2 Rent Commencement Date, the Initial Term will end on March 31, 2024. 

  

					
		 	9	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 b.       Phase 2 Net
Rent.   The “Phase 2 Free Rent Period” is the 180-day period that begins on the Phase 2 Delivery Date. Starting on the day after the Phase 2 Free Rent Period and throughout the rest of the Initial Term, Tenant
agrees to pay Net Rent to Landlord with respect to the Phase 2 Premises in the following amounts during the following periods: 
  

			
	Phase 2 Net Rent    
	Phase 2 Months	 	    Monthly Net Rent per 
   
square foot
	 Phase 2 Free Rent Period  
	 	None
	
Phase 2 Rent Commencement    

Date through Phase 2 Month 24    
	 	$2.50
	 25-36
	 	$2.55
	 37-48
	 	$2.60
	 49-60
	 	$2.65
	 61-72
	 	$2.70
	 73-84
	 	$2.76
	 85-96
	 	$2.81
	 97-108
	 	$2.87
	 109-120
	 	$2.93
	 121-end of Initial Term
	 	$2.99

 “Phase 2 Months” means full calendar months in the Initial Term starting
with the first full calendar month after the Phase 2 Delivery Date. For example, if the Phase 2 Delivery Date is September 15, 2013, Phase 2 Month 1 will be October, 2013, the Phase 2 Free Rent Period will be September 15, 2013 through
March 14, 2014, and Tenant will first owe Net Rent with respect to the Phase 2 Premises (the Phase 2 Rent Commencement Date) on March 15, 2014 in a prorated amount for the period from March 15, 2014 through March 31, 2014. And,
if the Phase 2 Rent Commencement Date is the same day as or after the Phase 1 Rent Commencement Date, the Initial Term will end on March 31, 2024. 

c.        Operating Costs and Taxes.  In addition to
Net Rent, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord Tenant’s Share of Operating Costs and Taxes, in monthly installments that are due and payable in advance on or before the first day of each calendar month, starting on the Phase 1 Delivery Date as to
the Phase 1 Premises, and on the Phase 2 Delivery Date as to the Phase 2 Premises, and throughout the remainder of the Term, in the estimated amount or amounts Landlord for which Landlord invoices Tenant. Landlord estimates that the initial
Operating Costs and Taxes will be 38¢ per square foot. If the Phase 1 Delivery Date or the Phase 2 Delivery Date is not the first day of a month, Tenant’s Share of Operating Costs will be prorated as appropriate. 

(i)       “Tenant’s Share” means 33.33%
for the Phase 1 Premises and 66.67% for the Phase 2 Premises; Tenant’s Share for the entire Premises is 100%. 
 (ii)      Subject only to the limitations in the second paragraph of this Section 7.c.(ii), “Operating Costs”) means all costs of every nature
that Landlord pays or becomes obligated to pay, because of or in connection with owning, managing, operating, maintaining, repairing, preserving, and replacing the Project. Operating Costs include, without limitation, all costs relating to the
following: (1) insurance premiums and related costs for insurance that Landlord is obliged or elects to obtain, including earthquake insurance subject to the cost 

  

					
		 	10	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 
limitations in Section 20.b, plus all deductibles Landlord pays, which will be treated as a capital cost if the $20,000 cost for the deductible is exceeded; (2) sweeping, cleaning,
gardening, and landscaping; (3) garbage collection and disposal from the Outdoor Areas; (4) electrical service and all other utility services consumed at the Project, but not including utility services consumed in the Premises,
(5) police supervision, security, and traffic control; (6) compensation, including wages and medical benefits of personnel and employees employed or engaged in the operation, maintenance, repair, replacement, supervision, and management of
the Project and all payroll taxes, workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance, disability benefits insurance, and similar contributions, and expenses incurred by such personnel and employees in carrying out the operation, maintenance,
repair, replacement, supervision and management of the Project, and uniforms and related expenses for such personnel and employees; (7) the operation of, and maintenance, repairs, and replacements to, the Outdoor Areas and to the roof, exterior
walls, foundations, floors, and other structural components of the Buildings, including, without limitation, maintaining all services and utilities and all repairs and replacements to all signs, machinery, equipment, facilities, systems, and
property installed in or used in connection with the Project, including any repairs and replacements required to comply with then-current Laws after the delivery date for each of the Buildings, as applicable; (8) repairs and replacements to and
maintenance and operation of signs for the Project, whether owned or rented by Landlord and whether or not located in the Project; (9) engineering, accounting, legal and other consulting and professional services related to operating the
Project, including the cost of preparing statements respecting Project expenses; (10) costs Landlord incurs in connection with the Project, such as maintaining and sweeping and cleaning municipal sidewalks, bus-stop shelters, and other adjacent
property; any and all other expenses, including equipment rental, related to the existence of the Outdoor Areas and their use by and for the benefit of Tenant and the Tenant Parties; and (11) a property management fee equal to 3% of the Net
Rent. 
 Notwithstanding the definition of “Operating Costs” in the preceding
paragraph, all capital costs that exceed $20,000 per item will be amortized over Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the economic life of each such item, together with interest on the unamortized cost at the rate of interest charged by
Landlord’s Mortgagee, if any, or at Landlord’s cost of funds if it were to borrow the funds for the capital costs. Also notwithstanding anything in the definition in the preceding paragraph to the contrary, “Operating Costs” does
not include the cost of any of the following: (a) the violation of any law by Landlord or any other tenant of the Project; (b) work paid for by insurance proceeds, by condemnation proceeds, by other tenants of the Project, or by any other
person; (c) interest, amortization, or other payments on loans or ground leases; (d) the funding of any expense reserves; (e) leasing commissions and other similar payments paid to agents or employees of Landlord, independent brokers,
and other persons; (f) attorney, accounting, consulting, and other professional fees for negotiating or enforcing leases, obtaining or negotiating financing, marketing or selling all or any part of the Project, or otherwise in connection with
an activity unrelated to the operation 

  

					
		 	11	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 
or maintenance of the Project; (g) construction, renovation, or improvement of leasable space for other tenants of the Project; (h) items and services for which Tenant otherwise
reimburses Landlord; (i) advertising, marketing, and publicity; (j) remediating Hazardous Materials, except for the cost of purchasing, using, handling, and disposing of Hazardous Materials in the ordinary course of operating, maintaining,
and repairing the Project, including but not limited to cleaning chemicals, construction materials, batteries, and fluorescent tubes; (k) wages, compensation, and labor burden for any employee to the extent the employee’s time is not
devoted to the Project; or (l) capital costs that are not (1) for items that replacing existing capital items with similar items, or (2) required by Laws (as hereinafter defined), or (3) incurred to increase efficiencies in
utility usage but limited to the amount of the savings from the installation. 

(iii)     “Taxes” means all taxes, assessments, and
other governmental charges, general and special, ordinary and extraordinary, of any kind and nature, including but not limited to assessments for public improvements or benefits against the Project that are payable to any lawful authority.
“Taxes” also includes any tax, assessment, excise, or surcharge of any kind with respect to all or any part of the Rent or the parking areas or the number of parking spaces in the Project, and all costs of contesting or negotiating the
valuation of the Project or the amount of Taxes, except that if Landlord obtains a refund, Landlord will apply it against the Taxes during the period covered by the refund and will pay Tenant any refund or credit that applies. “Taxes” does
not include: (i) late payment penalties and past due interest; (ii) any succession, transfer, gift, capital levy, or corporation tax levied against Landlord; or (iii) any real estate transfer tax, mortgage lien tax, documentary stamp
tax, or recording fees. Tenant waives all rights to contest any Taxes. 

d.       Annual Statements of Operating Costs and
Taxes.   Within 180 days after the end of each of Landlord’s fiscal years during the Term, Landlord will deliver to Tenant a reasonably detailed statement of the Operating Costs and Taxes for that fiscal year (the
“Annual Statement”). If an Annual Statement reveals that Tenant paid more for Operating Costs and Taxes than the actual Tenant’s Share of Operating Costs and Taxes for the year covered by the Annual Statement, Landlord will, at
its option, within 30 days, either credit or reimburse Tenant for the excess, except that if the Term has expired, Landlord has the right to apply the excess to any unpaid Rent or to the cure of any default by Tenant, and Landlord will reimburse any
remaining amount to Tenant within 30 days. If an Annual Statement reveals that Tenant paid less for Operating Costs and Taxes than the actual Tenant’s Share of Operating Costs and Taxes for the year covered by the Annual Statement, Tenant will,
within 30 days after demand, pay the deficiency to Landlord. Landlord’s failure to accurately estimate Operating Costs and Taxes or to deliver an Annual Statement when required does not waive Landlord’s right to collect any of
Tenant’s underpayment and does not affect Tenant’s right to collect any overpayment until Landlord delivers an Annual Statement. During the 90-day period starting on the day Tenant receives each Annual Statement, Tenant has the right to
review Landlord’s records of Operating Costs and Taxes for the year covered by that Annual Statement and has the right to challenge the amount of any Operating Costs and Taxes 

  

					
		 	12	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 
according to that Annual Statement by delivering to Landlord a written notice specifically describing the item or items Tenant is challenging and the reason for its challenge within the 90-day
period after receiving the Annual Statement. Except for any items Tenant expressly so challenges in writing within 90 days, each Annual Statement will become final and accepted by both Landlord and Tenant at the end of such 90-day period and Tenant
will be deemed to have fully and forever waived any claim or demand with respect to Operating Costs and Taxes for the year covered by that Annual Statement. 

e.       Definition of Rent.  “Additional
Rent” means all of the following: (i) Tenant’s Share of Operating Costs and Taxes; (ii) all utility costs for which Tenant is responsible under Section 10; (iii) all late charges under Section 7.f; and
(iv) all other fees, charges, and other amounts this Lease obligates Tenant to pay to or for Landlord’s benefit or to any person other than Landlord. “Rent” means, collectively, Net Rent and Additional Rent. 

f.       Payment of Rent and Application of
Payments.  Tenant agrees to pay all Rent to Landlord without any notice or demand except to the extent this Lease expressly provides to the contrary, and without any abatement, deduction, credit, or offset of any kind. Tenant will pay
all Rent to the person and at the address that Landlord designates in writing. Landlord’s initial address for Rent payments by check is: 
 Jay Ridge LLC 
 c/o Eagle Ridge Partners, LLC 

5753 Wayzata Boulevard 
 St. Louis Park, MN 55416 
 Tenant may pay Rent by ACH or wire
transfer. Landlord’s initial account information for payment by ACH or wire transfer is: 
 Jay Ridge LLC

 Minnesota Bank and Trust 

7701 France Avenue, Suite 110 
 Edina, Minnesota 55435 
 Account number 0161003215 

ABA routing number 073900535. 
 Landlord may change its address or addresses for Rent payment at any time upon written notice to Tenant. All Rent is expressed and due in U.S. Dollars. Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent is independent
from all of Landlord’s obligations and liabilities under this Lease and from all of Landlord’s warranties and representations, express or implied, that relate in any manner to this Lease or the Premises. Landlord has the same rights under
California law for any non-payment of Additional Rent as Landlord would have for non-payment of Net Rent, but Additional Rent is not rent for the purpose of any rent or similar tax. Landlord has the right, in its sole discretion, to apply any
payments from Tenant (whether equal to or less amount than the amount Tenant owes) to any Rent or other debts Tenant then owes in any order Landlord elects in its sole discretion. No endorsement or statement on any check or other payment or in any
letter accompanying 

  

					
		 	13	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 
any check or other payment will be deemed an accord and satisfaction or bind Landlord or limit Landlord’s rights in any manner. Landlord’s acceptance of any check or other payment in
partial payment of any past-due Rent does not waive Landlord’s right to receive all past-due Rent in full and does not waive Landlord’s right to evict Tenant or exercise any other right or remedy Landlord has with respect to any past-due
Rent or other default by Tenant. 
 g.       Late
Payment.    If Landlord does not receive any regular monthly installment of Net Rent and Additional Rent on or before the first business day of the calendar month in which it is due, or if any other payment of Rent is past
due and Landlord does not receive such other payment of Rent within 5 days after giving Tenant written notice that it is past due, Landlord has the right to elect, in its sole discretion, to charge as a late fee an additional sum equal to 5% of the
delinquent amount to compensate Landlord for its costs incurred in connection with the late payment, and, after 30 days, interest accruing on the unpaid amount from the date due at a per-annum rate equal to Wall Street Journal “Prime Rate for
the first business day of the applicable calendar year plus 4% but not to exceed the legal rate on judgments (the “Interest Rate”). Tenant will pay such amount to Landlord together with the next monthly installment of Rent coming
due after Landlord gives Tenant written notice of the charge. Landlord’s election not to charge a late fee or impose any interest that it would be entitled to charge with respect to any particular month or period of months will not waive
Landlord’s right to do so at any time in the future, regardless of the duration of any pattern of late payment by Tenant, and Tenant hereby waives any such defense to the payment of any late fee or interest that Landlord elects to charge under
this Section 7.g. Nothing in this Section 7.g in any way authorizes or permits Tenant to pay any Rent after the date such Rent is due. The parties agree that such late fees and interest are liquidated damages for late payment and represent
a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs that Landlord will incur because of late payment by Tenant. Landlord’s acceptance of any late fee or interest or any partial payment of any past-due Rent does not waive Tenant’s default with
respect to the delinquent amount and does not prevent Landlord from exercising any of its other rights and remedies with respect to Tenant’s default under this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord has not delivered a written notice
of late payment within the preceding 12 months, Landlord may not assess a late fee unless Landlord gives Tenant a written notice of such late payment and Tenant does not cure the default within 3 days after it receives the notice. No other notices
will be required during the following 12 months for a late fee to be incurred. 

h.       Tenant’s Personal Property
Taxes.    Tenant agrees to pay, before delinquency, all taxes assessed or levied on its occupancy of the Premises, or on Tenant’s leasehold improvements, trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment, and all other personal
property in the Premises, and when possible, Tenant will cause such leasehold improvements, trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment, and other personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the Project or Landlord’s property. If any
or all of Tenant’s leasehold improvements, trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment, and other personal property, or Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, is assessed and taxed with Landlord’s property, Tenant will pay to Landlord its
share of such taxes within 10 days after Landlord delivers a written statement of the amount of such taxes that apply to Tenant’s personal property. 

  

					
		 	14	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 8.       Prepaid
Rent.  On the same day Tenant signs and delivers this Lease, Tenant will pay Landlord $130,660 as prepaid Rent with respect to the Phase 1 Premises. So long as no Event of Default exists, Landlord will apply the prepaid rent for the
Phase 1 Premises to the next installments of Net Rent and Operating Costs and Taxes that are first due on and after the Phase 1 Free Rent Period. On or before the Phase 2 Delivery Date, Tenant will pay Landlord prepaid Rent for the Phase 2 Premises
in the amount of the first full monthly installment of Net Rent and Operating Costs and Taxes that will be due with respect to the Phase 2 Premises. So long as no Event of Default exists, Landlord will apply the prepaid rent for the Phase 2 Premises
to the next installments of Net Rent and Operating Costs and Taxes that are first due on and after the Phase 2 Free Rent Period. But at any time an Event of Default exists, Landlord has the right, but no obligation, to apply the prepaid rent to cure
the Event of Default or to compensate Landlord for any damages the Event of Default causes. The prepaid rent is earned on the date due and Landlord has no obligation to escrow or deposit the prepaid rent in a segregated account or to hold it in
trust for Tenant. 
 9.       Security Deposit.  On the same
day Tenant signs and delivers this Lease, Tenant will pay Landlord $444,625 (the “Security Deposit”) to secure Tenant’s payment and performance of its obligations and liabilities under this Lease. The Security Deposit is not an
advance payment of Rent nor a measure or limit of Landlord’s damages for any default by Tenant. Landlord may, at any time an Event of Default exists, without prejudice to any other remedy, use all or a part of the Security Deposit to perform or
satisfy any obligation or liability that Tenant fails to pay or perform under this Lease. Following any such application of the Security Deposit, Tenant will pay to Landlord on demand the amount Landlord applied in order to restore the Security
Deposit to its original amount. If Tenant pays and performs all of its obligations and liabilities under this Lease, Landlord will, within 30 days after the later of the last day of the Term or the day Tenant fully pays and performs all of its
obligations and liabilities, return to Tenant the unapplied portion of the Security. Landlord may commingle the Security Deposit with other funds, and no interest will accrue or be owed on the Security Deposit. If Landlord transfers its interest in
the Premises and transfers the Security Deposit to the transferee, Landlord will have no obligation or liability to Tenant with respect to the return of the Security Deposit. 

Tenant has the right, upon 90 days’ notice to Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost, to replace the Security Deposit
with an irrevocable, unconditional, standby letter of credit, in the same amount as the required amount of the Security Deposit on terms that are satisfactory to Landlord and its Mortgagee (such letter of credit, together with any renewal or
replacement letters of credit delivered or to be delivered by Tenant under this Section are, collectively, the “Letter of Credit”). Each Letter of Credit must be issued by a national bank (the “LC Issuer”)
acceptable to Landlord. If Landlord requests, the Letter of Credit must be made out to Landlord’s lender as the beneficiary or, if the LC Issuer will do it, to Landlord and its lender or lenders as co-beneficiaries, and Tenant will pay any
additional charge by the LC Issuer for such change. Landlord has the right, upon any transfer of its interest in all or any part of the Premises, to require Tenant to deliver a replacement Letter of Credit designating Landlord’s successor as
the beneficiary, provided that Landlord’s successor may not obtain possession of the replacement Letter of Credit until Landlord has surrendered the then-outstanding Letter of Credit. If the

  

					
		 	15	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 
Letter of Credit expires before 60 days after the scheduled end of the Term , Tenant must extend or renew it or replace it by delivering to Landlord a new, renewed, or extended Letter of Credit
at least 60 days before the expiration date of the then-current Letter of Credit. Except for any Letter of Credit that expires on or after the 60th day after the scheduled end of the Term, no Letter of Credit, and no any renewal or extension of it, may have an
expiration date less than 12 months from the date it is issued, renewed, or extended. The Letter of Credit secures Tenant’s obligations and liabilities under this Lease. The Letter of Credit must permit Landlord to make partial draws. At any
time when any Rent is past due under this Lease or Tenant owes any other amount to Landlord in connection with this Lease or the Premises that is past the date when such amount is due, Landlord may make a partial or full draw or draws upon the
Letter of Credit in the amount of such unpaid Rent or other amount and apply the proceeds of such draw against such amounts Tenant owes Landlord. Landlord is also entitled to draw on the full amount of the Letter of Credit at any time the Letter of
Credit is not maintained, renewed, extended, replaced, or restored as this Section requires, in which case the proceeds of the draw will be the sole property of Landlord, which Landlord will hold and apply as a substitute for the Letter of Credit.
Landlord is not required to exercise any other remedy available to it under this Lease or otherwise at law before drawing on the Letter of Credit in accordance with this Section, and no such draw upon the Letter of Credit will in any manner
prejudice Landlord’s right to exercise any other remedy. Neither the Letter of Credit nor the proceeds of any draw upon the Letter of Credit constitute an advance rent deposit or a measure of Landlord’s damages with respect to any default
by Tenant. No draw under the Letter of Credit waives or cures any default by Tenant under the Lease. 

10.     Utilities.    Tenant will cause each utility provider to set
up an account for the Phase 1 Premises as of the Phase 1 Delivery Date, and for the Phase 2 Premises as of the Phase 2 Delivery Date, in Tenant’s name and to bill Tenant directly for all utilities supplied to the Phase 1 Premises from the Phase
1 Delivery Date, and all utilities supplied to Phase 2 Premises from the Phase 2 Delivery Date, throughout the Term. Tenant agrees to pay when due for electrical service, water, sewer service, natural gas, telecommunications services, garbage
removal, and all other utility services supplied to or consumed in, at, or from the Premises and all related access charges and connection fees. No discontinuance of any utility service to the Premises will entitle Tenant to terminate this Lease, to
any abatement of or credit against any Rent, or to any damages or any other relief from Landlord. 

11.     Permitted Use, Restrictions on Use.  Landlord hereby grants Tenant the
right to use and occupy the Premises during the Term for general office and training purposes and related ancillary uses that are lawful (the “Permitted Use”), and for no other purpose. Tenant will not use, and will not permit any
other Tenant Party to use, the Premises for any retail, or residential purpose or for any purpose that is prohibited by or will cause a cancellation of any insurance policy that covers the Project, or that will increase the cost of any insurance
that covers Project. Tenant will not commit, or permit any other Tenant Party to commit, any waste in the Premises, or any public or private nuisance, or any other act or thing that disturbs or offends Landlord or any other tenant in the Project or
interferes with the quiet enjoyment of any other tenant. Tenant will not permit any objectionable odors, smoke, dust, gas, noise, or vibrations to emanate from the Premises. Tenant will not do anything in the Premises or anywhere else in the Project
that will damage the Premises or the Project and Tenant will not overload the floor capacity of the Premises or the Project. Tenant will not, and will not permit any other Tenant Party to, use any

  

					
		 	16	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 
machinery or equipment that in any manner injures, vibrates, or shakes the Premises. Tenant will not, and will not permit any other Tenant Party to, conduct any sale by auction, any fire sale, or
any bankruptcy or going-out-of-business sale in the Premises. Tenant will not, and will not permit any other Tenant Party to, broadcast from the Premises any music, public addresses, or advertisements, or maintain or display in the Premises or in
the Project any excessively bright lights, changing, flashing, or flickering lights or lighting devices other than signs Landlord approves. Tenant will not, and will not permit any other Tenant Party to, dump, place or leave any garbage or waste
except in trash containers placed inside exterior enclosures that Landlord designates for that purpose. Tenant will not permit, and will not permit any other Tenant Party to, dispose of any Hazardous Materials through the plumbing or sewage system.

 12.      Outdoor Areas.  All ground level exterior parking
areas, drive aisles, driveways, sidewalks, and landscaped areas in the Project, but not including utility boxes, maintenance and utility areas, and similar areas not intended for use or access by Tenant Parties, are the “Outdoor
Areas”. The Outdoor Areas do not include the roof of any of the Buildings or any underground area. Tenant has the exclusive right to use the Outdoor Areas, subject to Landlord’s right to enter the Outdoor Areas to perform all of its
obligations and liabilities under this Lease, to exercise all of its rights under this Lease, and for all other purposes that do not materially interfere with Tenant’s rights under this Lease, including, without limitation, Tenant’s right
to use all of the parking stalls at the Project. Landlord has the right to impose reasonable rules and regulations for the use of the Outdoor Areas at any time, as long as those rules and regulations do not materially impair or conflict with any of
Tenant’s rights under this Lease. Landlord has the right to close off or restrict access to any part of the Outdoor Areas at any time to prevent the public or any other person from obtaining rights in the Outdoor Areas, by adverse possession or
otherwise, to perform repairs and replacements, and to construct new improvements. 

13.      Compliance with Laws and Recorded Matters.   Tenant’s
right to use the Premises and the Outdoor Areas is subject to Tenant’s obligation to comply at its sole cost with, and to cause its subtenants, any other sub occupant of the Premises, and their employees, agents, representatives, licensees,
contractors, and invitees (each of Tenant and such other persons is a “Tenant Party”) to comply with, the following: (i) all statutes, laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, permits and orders of all federal, state and
local governments, departments and agencies that apply to the Premises, including but not limited to the condition of, and Tenant’s use, occupancy or alteration of the Premises (collectively, “Laws”); (ii) all documents,
matters, and instruments that have been or are in the future recorded in the real estate records (collectively, the “Recorded Matters”), except that Tenant has no obligation to pay any fees or amounts the Recorded Matters obligate
the owner of the encumbered land to pay, and except that Tenant will not be bound by the terms of any Recorded Matter first recorded after the date of this Lease to the extent such future Recorded Matter materially reduces Tenant’s rights or
increases Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; and (iii) the requirements of any insurance underwriting board, inspection bureau or insurance carrier insuring the Premises or any other part of the Project. Tenant is solely responsible
for ensuring that the Premises meet Tenant’s needs, and that each Tenant Party’s occupancy and use of the Premises complies with all Laws and Recorded Matters throughout the Term. Tenant will perform, at its sole cost, any modifications to
the Premises, the Outdoor Areas, or any other part of the Project that any Law requires because of Tenant’s special needs, use, or business. This Lease will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any loss of use or other effect on
Tenant’s enjoyment of the Premises as the result of any Laws that are now in effect or that first come into effect in the future. 

  

					
		 	17	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

14.       Signs.   To the extent permitted by applicable Law, and
subject to Landlord’s approval, which Landlord will not unreasonably withhold, Landlord will (i) build a pylon sign (“Tenant’s Pylon Sign”) substantially in accordance with the sign plans (the “Sign
Plans”) in Exhibit G to this Lease, (ii) place Tenant’s sign panels on the sign monuments substantially as shown on the Sign Plans, and (iii) place Tenant’s signs on the exterior of the Premises substantially as
shown on the Sign Plans (collectively, all of these signs are the “Tenant’s Signs”). Tenant acknowledges that the Sign Plans are preliminary and have not been approved by the city and that any revisions to the Sign Plans
require Landlord’s approval, which Landlord will not unreasonably withhold. Tenant will pay all costs of installing Tenant’s Signs, either as a Tenant Improvement Cost, or otherwise. In addition, subject to Tenant’s obtaining all
required governmental permits and licenses, Tenant has the right to install a temporary sign at the Project announcing that it will be Tenant’s future location. Tenant has the exclusive right to use Tenant’s Pylon Sign. Tenant will not
place, or permit any other Tenant Party to place, any other sign, marquee, awning, banner, decoration, or other attachment on the roof, on the front or side exterior walls of the Premises, on the exterior windows of the Premises, or in any other
area of the Project without Landlord’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Landlord agrees to remove all “San Tomas Technology Park” signs from the Project. Landlord will, at its sole cost, obtain all required
governmental permits and approvals for the installation of each Tenant’s Sign. Tenant will, at its sole cost, maintain all Tenant’s Signs in good condition, and will promptly perform all repairs and replacements needed to keep the
Tenant’s Signs in good condition. 

15.       Parking.   Tenant has the right to use, at no
additional cost, all parking stalls available at the Project. Landlord agrees, in connection with the delivery of the Phase 2 Premises, to construct the parking and driveway areas at the Project substantially as shown in the site plan in Exhibit
A-1, and stripe the parking areas for parking stalls substantially as shown in Exhibit A-1. Landlord agrees not to reduce the number of parking stalls at the Project below 449 unless required to do so by law or as the result of a taking
or an alteration to the Outside Area required by any alteration Landlord makes to the Project at Tenant’s request. At Tenant’s discretion, it can require, as part of the Tenant Improvement Work and as a Tenant Improvement Cost, the marking
of up to 10 parking stalls for visitor parking. 
 16.       Tenant’s
Maintenance and Repair Responsibilities.   Tenant will, at its sole cost, perform all maintenance, repairs, and replacements to all parts of the Premises (excluding only the roof, the foundation, and the load-bearing portion of
load-bearing walls) that are necessary to keep the Premises sanitary, neat, presentable, and in good working order, condition, and repair at all times. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, Tenant’s maintenance, repair, and
replacement obligations under this Section apply to, but are not limited to, all of Tenant’s signs; all windows, doors, truck doors, and other penetrations in the outer walls of the Premises; all portions of all walls other the exterior face of
exterior walls and the load-bearing portions of walls; floor coverings, and ceilings; all HVAC equipment and systems that serve the Premises; all other mechanical, electrical, plumbing, lighting, life-safety, and utility systems, equipment,
conduits, pipes, ducts, and lines that serve only the Premises; and all fixtures and appliances inside the Premises. Tenant will also repair, or reimburse Landlord for, any blockage of or damage to the sewer lines and sewer system at the Project
that results from 

  

					
		 	18	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 
anything that enters the sewer lines from the Premises. Tenant will provide and pay for all garbage removal from the Premises Tenant will perform all repairs and replacements with first-class
materials and with first-class workmanship. Tenant will, at Tenant’s sole cost, maintain throughout the Term a contract or contracts with a contractor or contractors specializing and experienced in the maintenance of HVAC equipment, for the
maintenance of the HVAC equipment serving only the Premises, provided that the contract must require that the filters be changed at least every quarter. Notwithstanding the preceding sentences of this Section, if any maintenance, repair or
replacement costs more than $20,000 per repair or replacement and has a useful life at least 3 years beyond the end of the then Term, Tenant must obtain Landlord’s approval, which Landlord will not unreasonably withhold, and Tenant will be
responsible for such repair or replacement, but the cost will be treated as a capital cost under Section 7.c.(ii) except that the cost will be allocated so that Tenant will pay its amortized share covering the rest of the then Term in one lump
sum and Landlord will pay the unamortized portion in one lump sum, and except that if Tenant subsequently extends the Term, Tenant must pay Landlord, in a lump sum due at the beginning of the extension of the Term, the portion of the cost that would
be amortized over the extension term. 
 17.       Landlord’s
Maintenance and Repair Responsibilities.   Landlord will, at its sole cost, but subject to reimbursement in accordance with this Lease for all such costs that are Operating Costs, maintain, repair, replace, and keep clean and in
good working order: the Outdoor Areas; all other areas outside of the Premises; the exterior surface of all exterior walls, but not including any exterior improvements or elements installed by or for any Tenant Party; the load-bearing elements of
load-bearing walls; the foundation of the Premises; and the structural elements of the roof of the Premises. If Tenant believes any part of the Premises needs repairs that Landlord is responsible for under this Lease, Tenant will give Landlord
prompt written notice and Landlord will not be responsible for failing to make any such repairs until a commercially reasonable time has elapsed after Landlord received Tenant’s written notice. Landlord’s obligation under this Section is
limited to only the repairs this Section requires Landlord to make and Landlord is not liable for any damage or injury arising out of any condition or occurrence that causes a need for such repairs. Tenant waives all rights under and benefits of
California Civil Code Sections 1932(1), 1941, and 1942 and under any similar law, statute, or ordinance now or hereafter in effect. 
 18.       Tenant’s Alterations.   “Alterations” means all improvements any Tenant Party constructs in the Premises, all
alterations and modifications any Tenant Party makes to the Premises, and all equipment and personal property that becomes a fixture upon being installed in or attached to the Premises in any manner by any Tenant Party. Tenant has no right to make
any Alterations without Landlord’s written consent, except that Tenant does not need Landlord’s consent to make non-structural Alterations that do not affect building systems and cumulatively cost less than $75,000 per Alteration
(“Minor Changes”). It is reasonable for Landlord to withhold or condition its consent to any Alteration that would affect the structure of any of the Buildings, any Alteration that would affect the structure of any of the Buildings
and any alteration or improvement to the exterior of the Premises. Except for the Tenant Improvements, Landlord also has the right, in its sole discretion, to condition its consent to any Alterations upon the right to require Tenant to remove some
or all of those Alterations at the time the Term or Tenant’s right to possession ends and, as to Minor Changes, Landlord will elect within 10 business days after request from Tenant whether the Minor Changes have to be removed at the

  

					
		 	19	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 
end of the Term. Tenant will construct and install all Alterations at its sole risk and expense, in a first-class, good, and workmanlike manner, in accordance with any plans and specifications
that Landlord has approved in writing, and in accordance with all Laws. Landlord’s approval of any plans and specifications for any Alterations is not a representation by Landlord that such Alterations comply with any Law. Tenant will not make
any Alterations that results or would result in a labor dispute or otherwise would materially interfere with Landlord’s operation of the Project. Subject to applicable Law, if any work results in a labor dispute, Tenant will stop the work
immediately, remove the workers, contractors, or mechanics responsible for the dispute, and replace them with workers, contractors and mechanics whose work will not result in a labor dispute. The Tenant Improvements and any other Alterations are
Tenant’s property until the earlier of the end of the Term or the termination of Tenant’s right to possession, but upon the earlier of the end of the Term or the termination of Tenant’s right to possession, all Alterations will
automatically become Landlord’s sole property without signing or delivering any document or taking any action, and without any additional payment or other consideration from Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord is entitled to
depreciation with respect to the Tenant Improvements in the amount of the Allowance and any other allowance Landlord pays. Except to the extent Landlord obligates Tenant to do so in accordance with Section 30, Tenant will not remove any
Alterations from the Premises except removable trade fixtures that Tenant installs at its own cost. Tenant will repair any damage that results from removing any Alterations. Tenant will perform all such removals and repairs in a first-class, good,
and workmanlike manner. If Tenant fails to remove any Alterations that Landlord has required it to remove, Tenant will reimburse Landlord for the cost of removing them and repairing all damage. 

19.       Liens.  Before starting any work or services that could
give rise to a lien, Tenant will post on the Premises a Notice of Non-Responsibility and give Landlord at least 10 days’ notice before the work starts so that Landlord can confirm that the Premises have been properly posted, and Tenant will
maintain the posting as long as is necessary to give effective notice that Landlord has not authorized and is not responsible for any lienable work, materials, or services. Landlord’s consent to any work does not constitute Landlord’s
authorization of such work or services for the purposes of any lien law, and will not subject Landlord’s interest in the Project to liability under any lien law. Tenant must pay when due all charges for all labor, material, and services
provided to or for Tenant’s benefit in connection with the Premises, and Tenant will keep the Project free from any liens arising out of any labor, materials, or other services provided to or for Tenant’s benefit. Upon Tenant’s
receipt of a preliminary 20-day notice filed by a claimant in accordance with California Civil Code Section 3097 or any successor or similar statute, Tenant will immediately give Landlord a copy of the notice. If any lien is recorded or
otherwise placed on all or any part of the Project because of any such labor, materials, or services, Tenant will immediately give Landlord written notice of the lien and remove it of record within 10 days after it receives of notice of the lien. If
Tenant fails to remove the lien within 10 days, Landlord has the right, but has no obligation to, remove the lien of record by bond, payment, or other means and Tenant will pay Landlord the full cost of removing the lien within 10 days after demand,
including all attorney fees. Tenant is solely responsible for all work, materials, and other services provided with respect to the Premises during the Term except for any improvements Landlord has expressly agreed in this Lease to construct. If
Tenant is required to post an improvement bond with a public agency in connection with any work performed by Tenant on or to the Premises, Tenant will include Landlord as an additional obligee. 

  

					
		 	20	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 20.      Insurance and Indemnification.

  a.       Tenant’s
Insurance.   Tenant will, at Tenant’s sole cost, but for the benefit of both Landlord and Tenant, obtain and maintain throughout the entire Term: (i) commercial general liability insurance on an occurrence form covering
claims for bodily injury, death, personal injury or property damage occurring on, in or about the Premises with a combined single limit of not less than $3,000,000, including blanket contractual liability coverage to insure Tenant’s performance
of its indemnity obligations under this Lease; (ii) special form property insurance coverage in the amount of the full replacement value of any Alterations other than the Tenant Improvements; (iii) workers compensation insurance as
required by Law; (iv) employer’s liability insurance, as required by Law, in the amount of $1,000,000 each accident for bodily injury, $1,000,000 policy limit for bodily injury by disease and $1,000,000 each employee for bodily injury by
disease; and (v) automobile liability insurance including coverage for owned, hired, and non-owned automobiles. 
  b.       Landlord’s Insurance.   Landlord will, maintain special form property insurance coverage in the amount of the full replacement
value of the roof, exterior walls, exterior doors and windows, foundation, floor, and other structural components of the Buildings, including the Warm Shell Work (collectively, the “Building Shell”), the Outdoor Areas, and the
Tenant Improvements. Neither Tenant nor any of its affiliates or subtenants is liable to Landlord for any loss or damage (including loss of income), regardless of cause, resulting from any cause covered by the property insurance this Section
requires Landlord to maintain. Landlord’s property insurance will include rent loss coverage and may include flood insurance, or earthquake insurance, but Landlord has no obligation to maintain any of those coverages, and provided that
Tenant’s obligation to pay for the cost of any earthquake insurance premium will not exceed the lesser of the actual cost of such premium or 3.5 times the cost of the fire and “all risk” policy premium (the “Reimbursable
Earthquake Insurance Premium Cap”). Landlord is not obligated to insure any Alterations other than the Tenant Improvements. 
  c.       Policy Requirements.   All insurance policies this Lease requires either Landlord or Tenant to maintain must name the other party as
an additional insured and must be written with insurance companies licensed to do business in the State of California, with an A.M. Best’s rating of A-VII or better. In addition, Landlord has the right to require Tenant to have Landlord’s
Mortgagee named as an additional insured or loss payee on the insurance this Lease obligates Tenant to maintain. Before the Phase 1 Delivery Date, Tenant will deliver to Landlord certificates of insurance evidencing that all insurance this Lease
requires Tenant to maintain is in full force and effect. Each such certificate, or the insurance policy, must require the insurer to notify Landlord in writing 30 days before any cancellation or material change in coverage. Tenant must also deliver
to Landlord, similar certificates of renewal policies of at least 10 days before each policy expires. All insurance this Lease requires Tenant to maintain must, except for workers’ compensation and employer’s liability insurance, be
primary, without right of contribution from any insurance maintained by Landlord, whose insurance is excess insurance only. Any umbrella liability policy or excess liability policy, which must be in “following form”, must provide that if
the underlying aggregate is exhausted, the excess 

  

					
		 	21	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 
coverage will drop down as primary insurance. The limits of insurance Tenant maintains do not limit Tenant’s liability under this Lease. The insurance this Lease requires Tenant to maintain
must cover all damage or injury that results from Tenant’s operations of its business or any Tenant Party’s use of the Premises or any other part of the Project, whether such events occur in the Premises or in any other part of the
Project, so that Tenant’s insurance carriers, and not Landlord’s, bear such risks of loss. 
 d.       Waiver.  Landlord and Tenant each hereby releases the other from any claim for any injury to or death of any person or persons or damage to or
theft, destruction, loss, or loss of use of any property, or for any loss or damage caused by fire or any other casualty (collectively, a “Loss”), to the greater of the extent such Loss is insured against under any insurance policy
the releasing party actually maintains, or to the extent such Loss would be insured by any insurance policy this Lease requires the releasing party to maintain, regardless of whether the negligence of the other party caused or contributed in any
manner to such Loss, and regardless of whether the releasing party is self-insuring any such risk. 
 e.       Increase in Premiums.  Tenant will pay any increase in the premiums for any insurance policies Landlord maintains that results from any use
Tenant makes of the Premises. In determining whether increased premiums are the result of Tenant’s use of the Premises, a schedule, issued by the organization making the insurance rate on the Premises, showing the various components of such
rate, will be conclusive evidence of the items and charges that make up the insurance rate on the Premises. Tenant will reimburse Landlord for any such additional premiums within 30 days after receiving Landlord’s written invoice. 

f.       Indemnification.   Landlord will
indemnify and defend Tenant and its officers, directors, and employees from and against any and all losses, damages, claims, suits or actions, judgments and costs (including reasonable attorney fees) arising out of any injury to or death of persons
or damage to property occurring in the Outdoor Areas, except to the extent caused by Tenant’s intentional acts or intentional omissions or Tenant’s breach of this Lease. Tenant will indemnify and defend Landlord, any Mortgagee, and their
officers, directors, and employees from and against any and all losses, damages, claims, suits or actions, judgments and costs (including reasonable attorney fees) arising out of any injury to or death of persons or damage to property in the
Premises, except to the extent caused by Landlord’s intentional acts or intentional omissions or Landlord’s breach of this Lease. 
 21.     Landlord’s Right to Enter.    Tenant grants Landlord and its authorized representatives the right, upon reasonable prior notice (generally
24 hours), except in the case of an emergency, to enter the Premises at all reasonable times to: (i) inspect the Premises; (ii) perform any obligations this Lease requires or permits Landlord; (iii) show the Premises to prospective
purchasers, investors, lenders, tenants, and others (in the last 9 months of the Term); (iv) post notices; (v) maintain, repair, or alter the Premises or any other parts of the Buildings; and (vi) cure any breach of this Lease by
Tenant. In entering the Premises under this Section, Landlord will make reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with Tenant’s business use of the Premises. Landlord has the right to use any and all means Landlord deems necessary to

  

					
		 	22	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 
enter the Premises in an emergency. Tenant waives any claim for damages or for any injury or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, or any other loss caused by any entry by
Landlord in the Premises except for any claim arising out of the intentional misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees, contractors or invitees. 
 22.      Damage or Destruction.  If fire or any other casualty makes all or any part of the Premises untenantable and if the Building Shell and Tenant
Improvements can reasonably be expected to be repaired within 270 days from the date of the casualty, Landlord will repair and restore the Building Shell and the Tenant Improvements to substantially the condition in which Landlord delivered them to
Tenant and Tenant will, as soon as is reasonably practicable, restore the remainder of the Premises to substantially the same condition that existed before the casualty and reopen for business, and this Lease will remain in full force and effect,
except that Rent will abate following such casualty and during Landlord’s repair and restoration work to extent the carrier providing rent loss coverage determines that the casualty damage has rendered the Premises untenantable. If fire or any
other casualty makes all or any part of the Premises untenantable and the Building Shell and Tenant Improvements cannot reasonably be expected to be repaired within 270 days from the date of the casualty, or within 90 days during the last 12 months
of the Term, either Landlord or Tenant, by written notice to the other within 90 days from the date of the casualty, has the right to terminate this Lease effective on a date within 30 days after the date of such notice. Landlord’s obligation
to perform any repairs and restoration is limited to the amount of the actual net insurance proceeds it receives plus its deductible, or that it would have been entitled to receive if Landlord had maintained the property insurance this Lease
requires it to maintain, plus deductible unless Tenant agrees to pay the portion of the repairs not covered by insurance. Accordingly, if any Mortgagee refuses to release the proceeds of any casualty insurance to be applied to the repair and
restoration of the Premises, Landlord has the right to terminate this Lease upon written notice to Tenant. Each of Landlord and Tenant waives its rights under California Civil Code sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) (which permit the termination of a
lease upon destruction of the leased premises), and agrees that this Section governs with respect to any damage to or destruction of the Premises or any other part of the Project. 

23.      Condemnation.   If all or any part of the Premises is
permanently taken or condemned under any Law, or by right of eminent domain, or by private purchase in lieu of condemnation (a “Taking”), or a material portion of the Outdoor Areas is permanently taken and that Taking materially
interferes with Tenant’s use of the Premises, the Term will end on the date possession is to be taken by the authority and Tenant will pay all Rent due up to that date, and Tenant hereby waives any claim against Landlord or the authority
effecting the Taking for the value of the unexpired portion of the Term or for damages or for any other reason, except that Tenant reserves the right to make a claim against the authority effecting the Taking for reimbursement of its relocation
expenses and for the value of its personal property in the Premises. If a Taking occurs and this Lease is not terminated under the preceding sentence, this Lease will remain in full force and effect and Tenant has no right to any part of any award.
Tenant’s rights under this Section are its sole and exclusive rights with respect to any Taking. To the maximum extent permitted by Law, Tenant waives the benefits of any Law that gives Tenant any abatement or termination rights or any right to
receive any payment or award in connection with any Taking other than the rights this Section expressly gives Tenant. 

  

					
		 	23	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 24.      Assignment, Subletting, and Change
in Control.  “Lease Transfer” means any of the following: (i) any assignment or other conveyance or transfer of any or all of Tenant’s rights or obligations under or interest in this Lease (an
“Assignment”); (ii) any sublease of all or any part of the Premises or other grant to any other person of any right to occupy or use all or any part of the Premises (a “Sublease”); or (iii) any mortgage,
security interest, or other lien or encumbrance on any or all of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises. Tenant agrees not to cause or permit any Lease Transfer without Landlord’s prior written consent, except that Landlord
agrees that Tenant may, without Landlord’s consent, enter into an Assignment or Sublease with or to a parent, subsidiary, or other entity that owns and controls, or is owned and controlled by Tenant, or is under common ownership and control
with Tenant, as a result of a merger or otherwise, or acquires all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets and will continue to carry on Tenant’s business at the Premises (a “Permitted Affiliate Lease Transfer”). The
transferee of a Permitted Affiliate Lease Transfer is a “Permitted Transferee”. It is reasonable for Landlord to withhold or condition its consent to any Lease Transfer other than a Permitted Affiliate Lease Transfer if, among other
things: (a) Tenant has requested a change in the Permitted Use; or (b) the Lease Transfer requires any Mortgagee’s consent and the Mortgagee does not consent. If Tenant enters into any Assignment, including any Permitted Affiliate
Lease Transfer, the assignee must sign and deliver to Landlord an assumption of all of the tenant’s obligations and liabilities under this Lease that arise or relate to any time on and after the Assignment. If Tenant enters into any Assignment
or Sublease other than a Permitted Affiliate Lease Transfer, Landlord is entitled to receive, as Additional Rent, 50% of the excess of (1) all sublease rent, any fee paid in connection with any assignment, and all other consideration or
compensation of any nature whatsoever that Tenant receives for or in connection with any Assignment or Sublease for use of the Premises, less any brokers’ commission and attorneys’ fees Tenant pays as a result of the Assignment or
Sublease, to the extent the commission does not exceed a market rate commission, less the reasonable cost of any work Tenant performs in the Premises or any tenant improvement allowance Tenant pays, and less unamortized TIs, over (2) the Rent
allocable to the portion of the Premises covered by the Assignment or Sublease. Landlord’s consent to any particular Lease Transfer is not consent to any other Lease Transfer. This prohibition against assigning or subletting without consent
includes a prohibition against any assignment or subletting by operation of law. If Tenant enters into any Assignment or Sublease, Landlord has the right to collect rent or receive rent directly from the assignee, subtenant, or occupant and apply
the net amount collected to the Rent, but such collection or receipt of rent will not be deemed a consent to such Assignment or Sublease. Notwithstanding any Lease Transfer, including any Permitted Affiliate Lease Transfer, either without or without
Landlord’s consent, Tenant and any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease will remain fully and primarily liable for all of the obligations and liabilities of the tenant under this Lease throughout the remainder of the Term, as
this Lease is extended, renewed, amended, supplemented, restated, or otherwise modified at any time, jointly and severally with the assignee or other transferee. Except pursuant to a public offering or if Tenant is publicly traded, if all or any
part of the ultimate beneficial ownership interests in Tenant are transferred in any manner, in one or more transactions, including but not limited by sale, assignment, bequest, inheritance, merger, consolidation, redemption, issuance of new
interests, operation of Law, or any disposition so as to result in a change in the present effective voting control of Tenant by the person or persons holding such voting control on the date of this Lease, that event will constitute an Assignment
for the purposes of this Section. Tenant agrees to make available to Landlord or 

  

					
		 	24	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 
its lawful representatives all organizational books and records of Tenant for inspection at all reasonable times, to ascertain whether there has in fact been a change in control. If Tenant
requests Landlord’s consent to any Lease Transfer, Tenant will pay Landlord $500 for Landlord’s internal costs for considering such request, and will also reimburse Landlord, promptly upon demand, for all of Landlord’s reasonable
attorney fees incurred in connection with the request. 
 Other than for a Permitted Affiliate Lease Transfer,
if Tenant requests Landlord’s consent to an Assignment of the Lease, or to a Sublease of substantially all of a Building for substantially all of the remaining Term, Landlord has the right to terminate the Lease, if the transfer is of the
entire Premises, or recapture the applicable portion of the Premises, as applicable, upon written notice to Tenant. If Landlord exercises this right, the Lease will terminate, or the relevant portion of the Premises will be excluded from the
Premises under this Lease, as applicable, effective on the date the proposed Assignment or Sublease would have occurred. 
 25.      Events of Default.  Any one or more of the following events will, at Landlord’s option, constitute an “Event of Default” under
this Lease: 
 a.       Rent
Default.  Tenant fails to pay any installment of Rent as and when due and the failure continues for 5 days. 
 b.       Non-Rent Default.  Tenant fails to comply with any term of this Lease other than its obligation to pay Rent and either: (i) Tenant fails
to cure the default within 30 days after notice (or within any shorter cure period this Lease provides for), or (ii) if Tenant can reasonably cure the default but not within 30 days after notice, (a) Tenant does not promptly start to cure
the default but not later than within 30 days after notice, (b) Tenant does not continue to diligently pursue a reasonable cure, (c) Tenant does not act in good faith, or (d) Tenant does not complete its cure of the default within 90
days after the written notice. 

c.       Insolvency.      Any of
the following (collectively, “Events of Bankruptcy”): (i) Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease becomes insolvent, as that term is defined in Title 11 of the United States Code entitled
Bankruptcy, 11 U.S.C. §101 et seq. (the “Bankruptcy Code”), or under the insolvency Laws of any State, District, Commonwealth or territory of the United States (“Insolvency Laws”); (ii) the appointment of
a receiver or custodian for any and all of the property or assets of Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, or the institution of a foreclosure action upon any of the real or personal property of Tenant or any
guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; (iii) the filing of voluntary petition under the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code or Insolvency Laws by Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease;
(iv) the filing of an involuntary petition against Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease as the subject debtor under the Bankruptcy Code or Insolvency Laws that either is not dismissed within 30 days of filing,
or results in the issuance of an order for relief against the debtor, whichever is later; (v) the making or consenting to an assignment for the benefit of creditors or a common law composition of creditors by Tenant or any guarantor of
Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; or (vi) the filing of petition or other action to 

  

					
		 	25	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 
reorganize or modify the capital structure of Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease if Tenant or such guarantor is a corporation or other business entity.

 26.      Remedies. 

a.       Remedies for an Event of Default.  At any
time after the occurrence of an Event of Default: 

(i)       Remain out of Possession.  Landlord has
the right to remain out of possession of the Premises and sue Tenant at any time for any and all past-due Rent, for specific performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, and for any other damages or injunctive relief to which Landlord
is entitled. 
 (ii)      Terminate Right to Possession
Only.   Landlord has the right, without demand or notice to Tenant, to terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises only without terminating this Lease or the Term, in which case Landlord has the option to pursue
any one or more of the following remedies without any notice or demand whatsoever: 

(1)      Landlord is entitled to take possession of the Premises. If
Tenant or any other Tenant Party fails to surrender possession, Landlord is entitled to evict such Tenant Party pursuant to California law without being liable for prosecution or any claim for damages. No eviction action, and no reentry or accepting
or taking possession of the Premises by Landlord constitutes an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease, and Tenant waives any claim that Landlord has terminated this Lease unless Landlord delivers an express written notice of termination to
Tenant. 
 (2)      Landlord has the right to perform on
Tenant’s behalf, and at Tenant’s cost, any action this Lease obligates Tenant to perform. 
 (3)      Tenant must continue to pay all Rent as and when due, even if Landlord has relet any or all of the Premises. 

(4)      Landlord has the right to re-let all or any part of the Premises,
in the name of Landlord or otherwise, for such term or terms (which may be greater or less than the period that would otherwise have constituted the balance of the Term) and on such other conditions (which may include concessions or free rent) that
are satisfactory to Landlord in its sole discretion. Upon any re-letting, Landlord has the right to determine and collect and receive all rent. Landlord will make commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate its damages at any time after terminating
Tenant’s right to possession and before terminating this Lease, but Landlord will be deemed to have satisfied any obligation to mitigate damages, whether under this Lease or any Law, if Landlord markets the Premises for lease in the ordinary
course of business and uses its reasonable business judgment in determining whether to accept or reject 

  

					
		 	26	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 
any offer in the same manner it would if this Lease had expired on the scheduled expiration date and Tenant no longer had any obligation to pay any Rent or damages to Landlord. 

(5)      If Landlord relets any or all of the Premises, Tenant must pay
Landlord, within 10 days after demand, the costs Landlord incurs in such reletting and in making alterations and repairs. Landlord will apply all rent it receives from any re-letting to any indebtedness Tenant owes Landlord other than Net Rent and
Operating Costs and Taxes, to the cost of any repairs that are required to return the Premises to good condition, including the cost of alterations and the cost of storing any of Tenant’s property left on the Premises at the time of reletting,
and to Net Rent and Operating Costs and Taxes that Tenant owes. Landlord will hold the residue, if any, and apply it to any future Rent or damages resulting from the termination of this Lease as those amounts become due and payable and Landlord is
entitled to the balance, if any, at the end of the Term. If the monthly rent Landlord receives from any such reletting during any month is less than the Net Rent and Operating Costs and Taxes Tenant owes under this Lease for that month, Tenant must
pay the deficiency to Landlord. Landlord will determine any such deficiency and Tenant will pay the deficiency monthly in advance. No such reletting will be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease unless Landlord gives Tenant an
express written notice that it has terminated this Lease. Notwithstanding any such reletting without termination, Landlord has the right, at any time, to terminate this Lease for Tenant’s previous breach. 

(6)      Landlord has the right, in its sole discretion, at any time after
having terminated Tenant’s right to possession only, to terminate this Lease in accordance with Section 26.a(iii). 
 (iii)     Terminate Lease.  Landlord has the right to terminate this Lease at any time after an Event of Default has occurred, including at any time after
Tenant’s right to possession has been terminated, by delivering to Tenant a written notice expressly exercising Landlord’s right to terminate this Lease. If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease, Tenant’s right to possession of the
Premises will terminate, to the extent it has not already terminated, Tenant must vacate and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in the condition this Lease requires upon the expiration of the Term, Landlord has the immediate right of
entry and has the right to remove all persons and property from the Premises and all rights and remedies of a landlord under California Civil Code Section 1951.2 or any successor code section, and Tenant will pay to Landlord on demand, and
Landlord has the right to recover from Tenant, all damages Landlord incurs as a result of Tenant’s default, including, without limitation, (i) the cost of recovering the Premises, (ii) the worth at the time of award of the unpaid Rent
that had been earned at the time of termination; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent that would have been earned after 

  

					
		 	27	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 
termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; (iv) the worth at the time of the award of the amount by
which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; and (v) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment
proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or that in the ordinary course of events would be likely to result from Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease. The “worth at the
time of award” of the amounts referred to in clauses (ii) and (iii) of the preceding sentence is computed by allowing interest at the rate of 10% per annum. The “worth at the time of award” of the amount referred to in
clause (iv) above will be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus 1%. Tenant waives the provisions of Section 1179 of the California Code of Civil
Procedure (which Section allows Tenant to petition a court of competent jurisdiction for relief against forfeiture of this Lease). Landlord may sore any property Landlord removes from the Premises in a public or private warehouse or elsewhere at the
sole cost and expense of Tenant, which Tenant must pay within 10 days after demand. If Tenant does not pay the cost of storing such property after it has been stored for 30 days or more, Landlord has the right to sell any or all of the property at a
public or private sale in such manner and at such times and places that Landlord, in its sole discretion, deems proper, without notice to or demand upon Tenant. Nothing in this Section 26 limits or prejudices Landlord’s right to prove and
obtain damages in an amount equal to the maximum amount allowed by Law, regardless of whether such damages are greater than the amounts this Section obligates Tenant to pay. If the fair market rental value of the Premises for the remaining Term
exceeds the Rent under this Lease, Landlord is solely entitled to receive the benefit of that excess after applying the excess to any remaining amounts Tenant owes under this Lease. 

b.       Landlord’s Right to
Cure.    If Tenant fails to perform any of its obligations under this Lease beyond any notice and cure period to which it is entitled, Landlord has the right, at Landlord’s option without any obligation to do so, and in
its sole discretion as to whether it is necessary to do so, to perform any such obligation on Tenant’s behalf, without any liability or responsibility for any loss or damage to Tenant or anyone holding under or through Tenant sustains as a
consequence. If Landlord so performs any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, Tenant must pay to Landlord all damages Landlord incurs as a result, including the cost of performing Tenant’s obligations on behalf of Tenant, within 10
days after demand. 
 c.       Remedies are
Cumulative.   Landlord is entitled to exercise any other right or remedy allowed at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise, including, without limitation, all rights and remedies Landlord has under California Civil Code
Section 1951.4 or any successor Code section or any other California statute. If Tenant breaches or threatens to breach this Lease, Landlord is entitled to enjoin such breach or threatened breach and has the right to invoke any right or remedy
allowed at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise as though entry, reentry, summary proceedings and other remedies 

  

					
		 	28	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 
were not provided for in this Lease. Each remedy or right this Lease grants to Landlord is cumulative and is in addition to every other right or remedy this Lease grants Landlord, or now or
hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise, and the exercise or the beginning of the exercise by Landlord of any one or more of such rights or remedies will not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise by Landlord of any or
all other rights or remedies. 
 d.       Enforcement
Costs.  If Tenant defaults under this Lease, Tenant must pay to Landlord, within 10 days after demand, all costs Landlord incurs in connection with enforcing Landlord’s rights or Tenant’s obligations under this Lease,
including attorney fees, expert fees, court costs, and filing, service and recording fees. In the case of any other proceeding between the parties, the party that loses must pay the prevailing party all costs the prevailing party incurs in
connection with the proceeding, including attorney fees, expert fees, court costs, and filing, service and recording fees. 
 e.       Waivers.   Tenant hereby waives and relinquishes, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, any and all right of redemption or reentry or
repossession or to revive the validity and existence of this Lease if Tenant is dispossessed by a judgment or by order of any court having jurisdiction over the Premises or the interpretation of this Lease, in case of any entry, reentry or
repossession by Landlord, or in case of any expiration or termination of this Lease. Landlord and Tenant hereby expressly waive any right to a jury trial in any matter relating to this Lease, the use or occupancy of the Premises or any other part of
the Project, or any claim of injury, loss, or damage. Venue on any action instituted with respect to any matter related to this Lease or the Premises is proper only in Santa Clara County, California. Tenant waives the right to seek any injunctive
relief that would stay, extend, or otherwise toll any time limitation in this Lease or in any notice delivered in connection with this Lease. If Tenant claims that Landlord has acted unreasonably or unreasonably delayed acting in any case where this
Lease or any Law requires Landlord to act reasonably or promptly, Tenant agrees that Landlord is not liable for any monetary damages and that Tenant’s sole remedy is to commence an action seeking injunctive relief or a declaratory judgment.

 f.       Landlord Default.  Landlord will
not be deemed to be in default under this Lease unless Landlord fails to perform obligations required of Landlord within 30 days after written notice by Tenant to Landlord and to each Mortgagee whose name and address has then been delivered to
Tenant in writing; provided that Landlord will diligently attempt to complete any emergency repairs it is obligated to perform under this Lease as soon as is commercially reasonable, and further provided that if the nature of Landlord’s
obligations is such that more than 30 days are required for performance, then Landlord is not in default if Landlord commences performance within such 30-day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion. Except to the extent
this Lease expressly provides to the contrary, if Landlord fails to perform any of its obligations under this Lease, Tenant’s sole remedy is to sue Landlord in a court of competent jurisdiction; Tenant waives and agrees that it has no right to
offset any amounts Landlord owes it against any Rent. Landlord’s liability to Tenant for any default by Landlord under this Lease is limited to Landlord’s actual interest in the Project and Tenant may look only to Landlord’s interest
in the Project for the satisfaction of any 

  

					
		 	29	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 
liability. Tenant hereby waives and agrees not to seek any recourse against any partner, member, shareholder, director, governor, officer, manager, agent, or employee of Landlord. 

g.       Insolvency or Bankruptcy.  Any Event of
Bankruptcy gives Landlord the right to terminate this Lease by written notice to Tenant; provided, however, that this Section 26.g will have no effect while a case in which Tenant is the subject debtor under the Bankruptcy Code is pending,
unless Tenant or its trustee in bankruptcy is unable to comply with the provisions of this Section 26.g. Otherwise, this Lease will automatically cease and terminate, and Tenant is immediately obligated to quit the Premises upon the giving of
notice pursuant to this Section 26.g. Tenant hereby waives any other notice to quit or notice of Landlord’s intention to re-enter. If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease, all of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease will cease
without prejudice, subject however, to the right of Landlord to recover from Tenant all Rent and other sums accrued up to the time of termination or recovery of possession by Landlord, whichever is later, and any other monetary damages or loss of
Rent sustained by Landlord. If Tenant becomes the subject debtor in a case pending under the Bankruptcy Code, Landlord’s right to terminate this Lease pursuant to this Section 26 is subject to the rights of the trustee in bankruptcy to
assume or assign this Lease. The trustee will not have the right to assume or assign this Lease unless the trustee promptly cures all defaults under this Lease, promptly compensates Landlord for monetary damages the default causes, and provides
adequate assurance of future performance. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree in advance that adequate assurance of future performance, as used in this Section 26.g, will mean that all of the following minimum criteria must be met: (i) the
trustee must pay to Landlord, at the time the next payment of Rent is then due under this Lease, in addition to such payment of Rent, an amount equal to the next three months’ Rent due under this Lease less the Security Deposit, to the extent
the Security Deposit is unapplied, not subject to prior claims, and available to Landlord for use as a security deposit, and to the extent the requirement in this first criterion is enforceable, and Landlord will hold that amount in escrow until
either the trustee or Tenant defaults in its payments of Rent or other obligations under this Lease (whereupon Landlord will have the right to draw upon such escrowed funds) or until the expiration of the Term (whereupon the funds will be returned
to the trustee or Tenant); (ii) Tenant or the trustee must agree to pay to Landlord, at any time Landlord is authorized to and does draw on the funds escrowed pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 26.g, the amount necessary to
restore such escrow account to the original level required by that provision; (iii) Tenant must pay its estimated pro rata share of the cost of all services provided by Landlord (whether or not the cost of such services is to be passed through
to Tenant) in advance of the performance or provision of such services; (iv) the trustee must agree that Tenant’s business will be conducted in a first class manner, and that no liquidating sales, auctions, or other non-first class
business operations will be conducted in the Premises; (v) the trustee must agree that the permitted use of the Premises as stated in this Lease will remain unchanged; and (vi) the trustee must agree that the assumption or assignment of
this Lease will not violate or affect the rights of other tenants in the Project. If Tenant is unable to (A) cure its defaults, (B) reimburse Landlord for its monetary damages (C) pay the Rent due under this Lease, or any other
payments required of Tenant under this Lease, on time (or within 5 days of the due date), or (d) meet the criteria and obligations imposed by this Section 26.g, then 

  

					
		 	30	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 
Tenant agrees in advance that it has not met its burden to provide adequate assurance of future performance, and Landlord has the right to terminate this Lease in accordance with this
Section 26.g. Landlord and Tenant expressly acknowledge that the Project and the Premises are part of a Project within the meaning of 11 U.S.C. § 101 et seq. 

27.      Hazardous Materials.  Tenant will not engage or permit any other
Tenant Party to engage in any activity in the Premises or in the Project that involves the use, generation, transportation, treating, handling, storage, manufacture, emission, disposal, spill, release, leek, seepage, or discharge of any dangerous,
toxic or hazardous pollutants, wastes or substances as defined in the Federal Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, or any other federal, state or
local environmental Laws now in effect, as hereafter amended, and as hereafter enacted (“Hazardous Materials”), in violation of any Law. Promptly after learning of the occurrence of any of the following, Tenant agrees to give
Landlord written notice of the following, describing the occurrence and the steps Tenant has taken, is taking, and intends to take with respect to the following: (i) the spill, release, leak, seepage, discharge or clean-up of any Hazardous
Material in the Project, (ii) any litigation, arbitration proceeding or governmental proceeding against Tenant that affects the Premises, (iii) the delivery of any notice from a governmental agency that Tenant’s operations in the
Premises are not in compliance with environmental, health and safety Laws, (iv) the delivery of any notice that Tenant is subject to federal or state investigation evaluating whether any remedial action is needed to respond to the release of
any Hazardous Material or other substance from the Premises into the environment, or (v) the delivery of any notice that the Premises are subject to a lien in favor of any governmental entity for any liability under federal or state
environmental Laws or damages arising from or costs incurred by such governmental entity in response to a release of a Hazardous Material or other substance into the environment. Tenant will indemnify and defend Landlord against all claims, actions,
damages, losses, liabilities and expenses including actual attorney fees incurred by Landlord as a result of any use, generation, transportation, treating, handling, storage, manufacture, emission, disposal, spill, release, leek, seepage, or
discharge of Hazardous Materials inside the Premises during the Term by any person other than Landlord or its employees or agents, or anywhere in the Project outside the Premises during the Term by Tenant or its employees or agents. Landlord will
indemnify and defend Tenant against all claims, damages, fines, judgments, penalties, costs, liabilities or losses (including, without limitation, any and all sums paid for settlement of claims, attorney fees, consultant fees, and expert fees)
arising at any time from or in connection with the presence or release, or suspected presence or release, of Hazardous Materials in the Premises or anywhere else in the Project, except to the extent the presence or release, or suspected presence or
release occurred inside the Premises during the Term or was caused by any Tenant Party. Tenant’s and Landlord’s obligations under this Section will survive the expiration of the Term or the earlier cancellation or termination of this Lease
or Tenant’s right to possession. 
 28.      Subordination; Attornment;
Notice to Mortgagee.   Landlord represents to Tenant that, on the date of this Lease is no deed of trust, mortgage, or other security instrument encumbers any part of the Project. 

a.       Subordination.    This Lease is
and will remain entirely subject and subordinate to the lien and the terms of any deed of trust, mortgage or other security instrument or any ground lease (each of such instruments, together with any

  

					
		 	31	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 
replacements, renewals, amendments, modifications, or extensions is a “Mortgage”), that on or at any time after the date of this Lease covers all or any part of the Premises (the
mortgagee under any Mortgage such mortgage or the lessor under any such lease, and any person acquiring any interest in the Premises or this Lease by or through any such mortgagee or lessor is referred to in this Lease as a
“Mortgagee”), provided that, so long as this Lease is in full force and effect, Tenant is entitled to possession of the Premises, and Tenant is not then in default under this Lease beyond any grace or cure period this Lease grants
Tenant, this Lease will not be extinguished or terminated by a proceeding to foreclose or otherwise enforce any Mortgage or by a conveyance in lieu of foreclosure, but rather, this Lease will continue in full force and effect as a direct lease
between Tenant and the new owner of the Premises following a foreclosure sale or conveyance in lieu of foreclosure (“New Owner”) except that, notwithstanding anything else in this Lease to the contrary, Mortgagee and New Owner:
(i) will not be bound by any amendment, supplement, termination, or other modification of this Lease that Mortgagee did not consent to in writing; (ii) will not be bound by any prepayment of Rent that Tenant has made in excess of the Rent
then due for the next succeeding month; (iii) will not be liable for the return of any cash security deposit or other security for Tenant’s obligations except to the extent Mortgagee or New Owner actually received the cash security deposit
or other security; (iv) will not be liable for any act, omission, or breach whatsoever by any landlord under this Lease that occurs before New Owner acquires title to and possession of the Premises; (v) will not be subject to any claim,
right of set-off or defense that Tenant may have against any prior landlord, provided that New Owner will be obligated to cure any continuing default (other than a default that consists of a failure to pay to Tenant any money) that exists on such
date, to the extent such default continues on and after such date; and (vi) will not be personally liable under this Lease, and New Owner’s liability will be limited to New Owner’s interest in the Project. Tenant will, within 15 days
after request, sign and deliver to Landlord a Subordination, Non-Disturbance, and Attornment Agreement in favor of any Mortgagee on any commercially reasonable form the Mortgagee requests that is not materially less favorable to Tenant than the
terms in the preceding sentences of this paragraph. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Mortgagee has the right to elect, at any time, unilaterally, to make this Lease superior to its Mortgage by so notifying Tenant in writing. No Mortgagee will have
any liability or responsibility under or pursuant to the terms of this Lease or otherwise after it ceases to own an interest in the Premises. No Mortgagee will have any liability or obligation whatsoever to Tenant with respect to environmental
matters or releases of hazardous materials that occurred or at any time when the Mortgagee was not in possession of, operating, and making hazardous materials decisions with respect to the Project. No Mortgagee has any obligation to regulate
Landlord’s use of the proceeds of any loan, and no amendment or other modification of any of the documents evidencing and securing any loan will affect Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Any sale or other transfer by New Owner of its
interest in the Premises will automatically release and discharge New Owner from all liability accruing under this Lease after the date of the transfer. 

b.       Attornment.   Tenant agrees to attorn
to any person who succeeds to Landlord’s interest in the Premises, whether by purchase, foreclosure, deed in lieu of foreclosure, power of sale, termination of lease, or otherwise, upon such person’s request, and agrees to sign any
agreements confirming the attornment that such person reasonably requests. 

  

					
		 	32	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 c.       Notice to
Mortgagees.  Tenant agrees not seek to enforce any remedy it may have for any default by Landlord without first giving written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, specifying the default in reasonable detail, to any
Mortgagee whose address has been given to Tenant, and affording such Mortgagee 30 days to perform Landlord’s obligations under this Lease. If Landlord’s default cannot be cured within such 30-day period, the time within which Mortgagee is
entitled to cure will be extended as long as is reasonably necessary to complete the cure so long as Mortgagee proceeds promptly to effect a cure and thereafter pursues curing the default with diligence. Any Mortgagee’s cure of any default by
Landlord will not constitute such Mortgagee’s assumption of any of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease. 
 29.      Estoppel Certificates.  Within 10 business days after each request, Tenant will sign and deliver an estoppel certificate addressed to Landlord and
any Mortgagee, assignee of any Mortgagee, prospective purchaser, and other person Landlord specifies. Each estoppel certificate will contain the following information: (i) whether Tenant is in possession of the Premises and continuously
conducting its business in the Premises for the Permitted Use and as otherwise required by this Lease; (ii) whether this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect and, if there has been a modification of this Lease, the certificate will
state that this Lease is in full force and effect as modified and will set forth the modification; (iii) whether, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, there is then any default under this Lease by either Tenant or Landlord; (iv) whether
Tenant then claims any existing set-offs or defenses against the enforcement of any right or remedy of Landlord (and if so, specifying the same); (v) the dates, if any, to which any Rent has been paid in advance; and (vi) such other
matters Landlord requests. Landlord, Mortgagee, and any prospective purchaser or mortgagee of the Premises has the right to conclusively rely upon any such estoppel certificate delivered by Tenant. If Tenant fails to deliver such estoppel
certificate within 10 business days after request, Landlord, Mortgagee, and any prospective purchaser or mortgagee of the Premises is entitled to rely upon the statements in the proposed estoppel certificate Landlord submitted to Tenant with the
same effect as if Tenant had signed and delivered the estoppel certificate when required. Notwithstanding that Landlord and such other parties is entitled to rely upon an estoppel certificate that Tenant fails to return when required, Tenant’s
failure to deliver an estoppel certificate when required is a default under this Lease and Tenant agrees to indemnify Landlord against any loss, cost, damage or expense, incidental, consequential, or otherwise, arising or accruing directly or
indirectly, from any failure to sign and deliver to Landlord any such estoppel certificate, together with any and all Enforcement Expenses. 
 30.      Surrender.   At or before the end of the Term or the earlier termination of Tenant’s right to possession, Tenant will vacate and surrender
possession of the Premises to Landlord in the condition this Lease requires Tenant will, before the end of the Term or Tenant’s right to possession: (i) remove and properly dispose of all removable equipment, inventory, furniture,
furnishings, and any other personal property, garbage, or waste from the Premises and leave the Premises broom clean; (ii) remove all telecommunications equipment, including satellite dishes and wiring and cabling, that any Tenant Party has
installed in or about the Premises, in accordance with Law; (iii) remove any part of any Alterations other than the Tenant 

  

					
		 	33	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 
Improvements that Landlord requires Tenant to remove in accordance with this Lease; and (iv) except to the extent Landlord gives Tenant express written notice that relieves Tenant of the
obligation to do so, Tenant must put the Premises, including the HVAC and other building systems, in good working order, subject only to reasonable wear and tear and casualty or condemnation damage. For the purposes of the preceding sentence,
“reasonable wear and tear” does not include any damage or deterioration that Tenant could have prevented by good maintenance and repair practice or that Tenant could otherwise have avoided by fully complying with its obligations under this
Lease. At any time during or after the last 9 months of the Term, Tenant will, at Landlord’s request, deliver to Landlord copies of all: (1) surveys, plans, drawings and specifications that relate to the Premises, including the Tenant
Improvements and any other Alterations; (2) records relating to the generation, transporting, storing, treating, or disposing of any Hazardous Materials from the Premises during the Term; (3) engineering reports, inspection reports,
maintenance logs, inspection reports, and other information that relates to the maintenance, repair, and replacement of the HVAC system and other building systems in the Premises; and (4) warranties and guarantees that cover the Tenant
Improvements and any other Alterations. In addition, Landlord has the right, in anticipation of the end of the Term or Tenant’s right to possession, to enter the Premises to inspect and test the HVAC and other building systems in the Premises.
Tenant will repair any damage that results from removing any Alterations, trade fixtures, and personal property and restore the affected areas to a condition as good as their condition on the date Tenant took possession. Tenant will perform all such
removals and repairs in a first-class, good, and workmanlike manner. If the Premises are not in the condition this Lease requires when Tenant surrenders possession, Tenant will, within 10 days after demand, pay Landlord the reasonable cost of all
work required to put the Premises in the condition this Lease requires, regardless of whether Landlord actually performs any or all of such work, plus any other damages Landlord suffers as a result of Tenant’s default. 

31.      Holding Over.  If Tenant remains in possession of all or any part
of the Premises after the Term or Tenant’s right to possession ends, Landlord has the option, in its sole discretion, to evict Tenant or treat Tenant as a hold over tenant. If Landlord elects to evict Tenant, Tenant will pay, as liquidated
damages for Landlord’s loss of use of the Premises, with respect to each full or partial month in which Tenant retains possession after its right to possession ends, 150% of the monthly Net Rent and 100% of the monthly Additional Rent that was
due for the last full calendar month before Tenant’s right to possession ended, plus any additional damages Landlord incurs because it is unable to deliver all or any part of the Premises to a replacement occupant, plus all other damages and
remedies to which Landlord is entitled. If Landlord elects to treat Tenant as a hold over tenant, Tenant will be a tenant of the Premises under a new month-to-month tenancy (and not under an extension or renewal of the term of this Lease) on all
terms of this Lease except those that do not apply to or are inconsistent with a month-to-month hold over tenancy, and except that Tenant will pay, in addition to all other Rent, monthly Net Rent in the amount of 150% of the monthly Net Rent and
100% of the monthly Additional Rent that was due for the last full month before Tenant’s right to possession ended. This Section will survive the expiration of the Term or the earlier cancellation or termination of this Lease or Tenant’s
right to Possession. This Section does not limit or waive any other rights or remedies Landlord has under this Lease, at law, or in equity. 

  

					
		 	34	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 32.      Notices.   All
notices and demands this Lease requires or permits must be in writing and must be sent by either: (i) certified or registered mail, postage prepaid; or (ii) personal delivery; or (iii) by an international next-business day delivery
courier service; or (iv) by email, to the addresses below: 
 Notices to Landlord must be addressed to:

 Jay Ridge LLC 
 5753 Wayzata Boulevard 
 St. Louis Park, MN 55416 

with required copies addressed to: 

Jay Ridge LLC 
 c/o United Capital Corp. 
 Suite 501 

63 Bovet Road 
 San Mateo, CA 94402-3104 
 and to: 

Fabyanske, Westra, Hart & Thomson, P.A. 

Attn:  Steven C. Cox 
 Suite 1900 
 800 LaSalle Avenue 

Minneapolis, MN 55402 
 scox@fwhtlaw.com 
 Notices to Tenant must be addressed to:

 Before the Term: 
 ServiceNow, Inc. 
 1732 N. First Street, 5th Floor 

San Jose, CA 95112 
 Attn:  CFO 
 After the Phase 1 Delivery Date:

 ServiceNow, Inc. 
 3250 Jay Street 
 Santa Clara, CA 95954 

Attn:  CFO 
 After the Phase 2 Delivery Date: 
 At the street address for the
Phase 2 
 Premises that Tenant designates by 

notice to Landlord 
 Attn:  CFO 

  

					
		 	35	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 In each case with copies to: 

ServiceNow, Inc. 
 4810 Eastgate Mall 
 San Diego, CA 92121 

Attn:  CFO 
 and 
 Colliers International 

5050 Hopyard Road, Suite 180 
 Pleasanton, CA 94588 
 Attn:  Jim Abarta 

and 
 Hopkins & Carley 
 200 Page Mill Road, Suite 200

 Palo Alto, CA 94306 
 Attn:  Garth E. Pickett 
 All notices so sent will be deemed to have
been received by the recipient on the earlier of actual receipt, the third business day after mailing, the next business day after deposit with a courier service for next-business day delivery, or on the date the return receipt was signed or receipt
was refused by the receiving person. Each of Landlord and Tenant has the right to change its address for notices by notice of the new address given in accordance with this Section. 

33.      Satellite.   Tenant has the right, at Tenant’s
cost, to install a satellite antenna or dish on the roof of the Premises, subject to Landlord’s reasonable requirements, subject to obtaining any required approval from the City, and subject to and in accordance with all applicable laws and
ordinances. Landlord may reasonably require Tenant to screen the antenna or dish, and may impose reasonable height and width limits. If Tenant installs any satellite equipment on the roof, Tenant must remove all equipment, including cables, and
repair all damage, before Tenant surrenders possession of the Premises to Landlord. 

34.      Additional Provisions. 

a.      Captions and Headings.   The captions and
headings in this Lease are for convenience only and do not in any way limit and should not be deemed to construe or interpret the terms and provisions of this Lease. 

b.      Time of the Essence.   Time is of the essence
of this Lease, except with respect to the delivery of possession of the Premises at the commencement of the Term, and except to the extent this Lease expressly provides to the contrary. 

c.      Joint and Several Liability.   If Tenant is
comprised of more than one person, all of such persons are jointly and severally liable. 

  

					
		 	36	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 d.      Nondisclosure of
Lease Terms.   The terms of this Lease are proprietary information of Landlord’s that Tenant agrees to keep confidential. Tenant’s disclosure of the terms of this Lease could impair Landlord’s ability to negotiate
other leases or relationship with other tenants. Accordingly, Tenant agrees not to directly or indirectly disclose the terms of this Lease to any other tenant or prospective tenant of the Project or to any other person or entity other than
Tenant’s employees and agents who have a legitimate need to know such information and who will also keep the information in confidence. 
 e.      Entire Agreement.   This Lease sets forth all the covenants, promises, agreements, conditions and understandings between Landlord and Tenant
concerning the Premises, and it supersedes all prior agreements, representations, negotiations, and correspondence between the parties. No subsequent alteration, amendment, change, or addition to this Lease binds Landlord or Tenant unless it is in
writing and both parties sign and deliver it. 

f.      Construction.  Landlord and Tenant acknowledge
that competent counsel represented them in negotiating, drafting, executing, and delivering this Lease and hereby waive the benefit of any principle that it should be construed against the party that drafted it. 

g.     No Partnership.   Landlord is not, in any manner or
for any purpose, a partner of Tenant in the conduct of its business, or otherwise, or a joint adventurer or a member of a joint enterprise with Tenant. Neither party is a fiduciary of the other, and each party hereby waives any claim that the other
party owes it a fiduciary duty under or in connection with this Lease. 

h.     Force Majeure.   If either party to this Lease is
delayed or hindered in or prevented from performing any act this Lease requires by natural disasters, strikes, lock-outs, labor troubles, inability to procure materials, power blackouts, government restrictions, riots, war or other similar reasons
that are not the fault of that party, then the obligation to perform that act will be postponed for the period of the delay. This Section does not excuse Tenant from its obligation to pay any Rent when due. 

i.      Severability.    If any term, covenant
or condition of this Lease or its application to any person or circumstance is, to any extent, invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term, covenant or condition to persons or circumstances other than those
as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable, will not be affected by such invalidity or unenforceability, and each term, covenant or condition of this Lease will be valid and enforced to the fullest extent permitted by Law. 

j.      Assignment by Landlord.   Landlord’s
obligations and liabilities under this Lease are limited to its actual period of ownership of the Project. Therefore, if Landlord sells or otherwise transfers its interest in the Project, Landlord will, without the need for any additional written
agreement, be automatically released from all obligations and liabilities that arise under this Lease with respect to any period after the sale or other transfer, except that if the transferor does not transfer the unapplied balance of the Security
Deposit to the transferee, the transferor will remain liable for the return of the unapplied balance of the Security Deposit. 

  

					
		 	37	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 k.      Successors and
Assigns.    Subject to Section 34.j, all of the terms, covenants, and conditions of this Lease bind and inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, personal representatives, administrators, successors and assigns of
the parties to this Lease, provided that this Section 34.k does not permit any assignment, subletting, occupancy or use that any other provision of this Lease prohibits. 

l.       No Waiver.   Landlord’s waiver of
any breach of any term, covenant, or condition in this Lease is not a continuing waiver of such term, covenant, or condition, and does not waive any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant of condition in this Lease.
Landlord’s acceptance of Rent under this Lease does not waive any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant, or condition of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of
Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time Landlord accepts such Rent. 

m.     No Merger.   Tenant’s voluntary or other
surrender of this Lease, or the parties’ cancellation of this Lease, will not work a merger, but will, at Landlord’s option, terminate all or any existing subleases or subtenancies, or operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all
such subleases or subtenancies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant acknowledges that it does not have the right voluntarily to surrender the Premises. 

n.      Survival.   Except to the extent this Lease
expressly states to the contrary, all of Tenant’s and Landlord’s rights, liabilities, and obligations under this Lease will survive the expiration of the Term or the earlier cancellation or termination of this Lease. 

o.      Memorandum of Lease.    Tenant will not
record this Lease or any memorandum, short form, or notice of this Lease in the real estate records. 
 p.      Brokers.   Craig L. Fordyce, Michael L. Rosendin, and Shane Minnis of Colliers International (“Landlord’s Broker”) have
represented Landlord and Jim Abarta of Colliers International (“Tenant’s Broker”) has represented Tenant in connection with this Lease. Each of Landlord and Tenant represents and warrants to the other that, except for its
broker listed in the preceding sentence, it has not employed any broker, agent, or finder in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Lease. Each of Landlord and Tenant will indemnify the other against any claim or claims for brokerage
or other commissions arising from or out of any breach of the foregoing representation and warranty by the indemnifying party or any expenses including attorney’s fees incurred by the indemnitee in enforcing the foregoing right to
indemnification. Landlord is responsible for the commission owed to Landlord’s Broker pursuant to a separate written agreement between Landlord and Landlord’s Broker, and Landlord’s Broker will share its commission with Tenant’s
Broker pursuant to separate written agreement between Landlord’s Broker and Tenant’s Broker. 
 q.      Governing Law.   The internal laws of the State of California govern the interpretation and enforcement of this Lease, without applying any
conflict of laws principles. 

  

					
		 	38	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

r.      Telecommunications.    Tenant and its
telecommunications companies, including but not limited to local exchange telecommunications companies and alternative access vendor services companies have no right of access to or within the Project for the installation and operation of
telecommunications systems, including but not limited to voice, video, data, and any other telecommunications services provided over wire, fiber optic, microwave, wireless, and any other transmission systems, for part or all of Tenant’s
telecommunications within the Premises and from the Premises to any other location without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord will not unreasonably withhold. 

s.      Disclaimer of Warranty.    Landlord
expressly disclaims any express or implied warranty that the Premises are suitable for Tenant’s intended use, and Tenant agrees that its obligation to pay Rent is not dependent upon the condition of the Premises or Landlord’s performance
of any of its obligations under this Lease, and, except to the extent this Lease expressly provides to the contrary, Tenant must continue to pay all Rent, without abatement, set off or deduction, notwithstanding any breach by Landlord of its duties
or obligations under this Lease, whether express or implied. Landlord expressly disclaims any express or implied warranty that any specific tenant or tenants will be open in any other space in the Project at any time during the Term, or that any
particular type or number of tenants will be open in any other spaces in the Project at any time during the Term, and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that it is not entering into this Lease in reliance upon any such representation or warranty by or
on behalf of Landlord. 
 t.      Financial
Statements.    Within 15 days after Landlord’s request, Tenant will deliver to Landlord the most recent financial statements (including any notes) of Tenant and any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this
Lease, or, if audited statements have not been prepared, reviewed or compiled financial statements (including any notes) prepared by an independent certified public accountant, if no such statements have been prepared, Tenant’s and any such
guarantor’s internally-prepared financial statements. At any time when the shares or other ownership interests in Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease are publicly traded and listed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, Tenant has no obligation to provide financial statements to the extent such financial statements are publicly available on the SEC’s EDGAR website or any similar system. Landlord will not disclose any aspect of
Tenant’s financial statements that Tenant designates to Landlord as confidential except to Landlord’s Mortgagee or prospective purchasers or mortgagees of the Project, in litigation between Landlord and Tenant, and to the extent required
by law. Landlord will not require Tenant to deliver financial statements more than once in any 12-month period, except that Tenant will deliver such financial statements more frequently at Landlord’s request if an Event of Default occurs or if
at the request of Landlord’s Mortgagee or a prospective buyer or mortgagee of the Project. 

u.      Consents and Approvals.    Except to the
extent this Lease expressly provides to the contrary, neither party will unreasonably withhold, condition or delay any consent or approval this Lease requires the other party to obtain from it 

  

					
		 	39	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 Signature Page Follows 

  

					
		 	40	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 Landlord and Tenant hereby sign this Lease Agreement. 

 

			
	Jay Ridge LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ John Scholz

	Name:	 	 John Scholz

	Title:	 	 Manager

	
	ServiceNow, Inc.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Michael P. Scarpelli

	Name:	 	 Michael P. Scarpelli

	Title:	 	 CEO

  

					
		 	41	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 EXHIBIT A-1 
 Site Plan Depicting Premises and Project 

  

					
		 	42	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 

 

 EXHIBIT A-2 
 Trees Tenant Desires to have Removed 

  

					
		 	43	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 EXHIBIT B 
 Legal Description of the Land 
 The real property in the City of Santa
Clara, County of Santa Clara, State of California, described as follows: 
 PARCEL ONE: 

ALL OF PARCEL 2, AS SHOWN UPON THAT CERTAIN MAP ENTITLED, “PARCEL MAP ALL OF PARCEL OF LAND BOUNDED BY JAY STREET, BY SCOTT
BOULEVARD, BY SAN TOMAS EXPRESSWAY AND DUANE AVENUE AS SHOWN ON THAT CERTAIN “RECORD OF SURVEY” RECORDED IN BOOK 238 OF MAPS, PAGE 32 S.C.C. RECORDS”, WHICH MAP WAS FILED FOR RECORD IN THE OFFICE OF THE RECORDER OF THE COUNTY OF SANTA
CLARA, STATE OF CALIFORNIA ON OCTOBER 4, 1977 IN BOOK 405 OF MAPS, AT PAGE 19. 
 EXCEPTING THEREFROM THAT PORTION THEREOF AS
CONVEYED TO THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, BY DEED RECORDED IN BOOK F963 PAGE 460, OFFICIAL RECORDS AND BEING MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: 
 A PORTION OF THE PARCEL OF LAND CONVEYED TO RICHARD T. PEERY, ET AL, BY DEED RECORDED NOVEMBER 23, 1976 IN BOOK C430 AT PAGE 747, OFFICIAL RECORDS OF SANTA CLARA COUNTY, SAID PORTION BEING DESCRIBED AS
FOLLOWS: 
 COMMENCING AT A POINT ON THE BOUNDARY OF PARCEL “H”, AT THE NORTHEASTERLY TERMINUS OF THE COURSE
DESIGNATED AS N. 69 07’ 54” E., 392.68 FEET, AS SAID PARCEL “H” AND COURSE ARE SHOWN UPON THAT CERTAIN RECORD SURVEY MAP FILED IN BOOK 238 OF MAPS AT PAGE 29, SANTA CLARA COUNTY RECORDS; THENCE ALONG SAID BOUNDARY S. 69 08’
38” W. 29.52 FEET; THENCE FROM A TANGENT THAT BEARS N. 69 08’ 39” E. ALONG A CURVE TO THE RIGHT WITH A RADIUS OF 212.00 FEET, THROUGH AN ANGLE OF 37 15’ 26”, AN ARC LENGTH OF 137.86 FEET TO SAID BOUNDARY OF PARCEL
“H”; THENCE ALONG SAID BOUNDARY, FROM A TANGENT THAT BEARS N. 38 03’ 10” W., ALONG A CURVE TO THE LEFT WITH A RADIUS OF 50.00 FEET THROUGH AN ANGLE OF 54 53’ 26”, AN ARC LENGTH OF 47.90 FEET AND ALONG A COMPOUND CURVE
TO THE LEFT WITH A RADIUS OF 216.00 FEET, THROUGH AN ANGLE OF 17 54’ 45”, AN ARC LENGTH OF 67.53 FEET TO THE POINT OF COMMENCEMENT. 
 PARCEL TWO: 
 ALL OF THAT PORTION OF THAT CERTAIN PARCEL OF LAND DESIGNATED AS
PARCEL “H” UPON THAT RECORD OF SURVEY FILED FOR RECORD IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER, SANTA CLARA COUNTY, CALIFORNIA, IN BOOK 238 OF MAPS AT PAGES 29, 30, 31, AND 32 THEREIN, CONVEYED TO THE CITY OF SANTA CLARA BY THAT GRANT DEED
FILED FOR RECORD AUGUST 21, 1968 IN BOOK 8236 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS AT PAGE 109, SANTA CLARA COUNTY RECORDS, LYING NORTHERLY OR WESTERLY OF A CURVE LINE, CONCAVE TO 

  

					
		 	44	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 
THE SOUTHEAST, HAVING A RADIUS OF 59.00 FEET, AND BEING TANGENT WITH THE WESTERLY LINE OF JAY STREET AS JAY STREET IS SHOWN UPON THAT PARCEL MAP FILED FOR RECORD OCTOBER 4, 1977 IN BOOK 405 OF
MAPS AT PAGE 19, SAID COUNTY RECORDS, AND ALSO BEING TANGENT WITH A LINE PARALLEL WITH AND 50 FEET NORTHERLY OF THE SOUTHERLY LINE OF LAND AS DESCRIBED IN THE DEED FROM M. BRUCE ASHWILL, TO THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, RECORDED APRIL 9, 1989 IN BOOK
F257 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS AT PAGE 605, SAID COUNTY RECORDS. 
 PARCEL THREE: 

THOSE PORTIONS OF PARCEL 4A OF RELINQUISHMENT NO. 22183 RECORDED ON OCTOBER 4, 1963 IN BOOK 6218 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS AT PAGE 82 AND
PARCEL 6A OF RELINQUISHMENT NO. 22184 RECORDED ON OCTOBER 4, 1963 IN BOOK 6218 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS AT PAGE 73, LYING WESTERLY OF THE HEREINABOVE DESCRIBED CURVED LINE, AND LYING EASTERLY OF THE NORTHERLY PROLONGATION OF THAT COURSE BEARING
NORTH 10 00” EAST IN THE WESTERLY BOUNDARY OF SAID PARCEL MAP RECORDED IN BOOK 405 AT PAGE 19, AS SHOWN ON THAT CERTAIN GRANT DEED RECORDED ON OCTOBER 15, 1982 IN BOOK H083 AT PAGE 525 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS. 

APN: 224-09-172 and 224-09-173 

  

					
		 	45	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 

 

 EXHIBIT D 
 Warm Shell Specifications 
 The Warm Shell Specifications for the 3250 Building, the 3260
Building, and the 3270 Building (but not the Connector) are the following: 
  

	A.	 Exterior walls 

	B.	 Foundation 

	C.	 Floor slabs 

	D.	 Roof structure and membrane (that will support the units in question-no unusual specific requirements of Tenant) 

	E.	 New glazing (full glass line) 

	F.	 Exit doors 

	G.	 Landscaping including walkways 

	H.	 Parking and paving, including new strip and slurry, with new stenciled parking spaces 

	I.	 Storm drain to parking areas 

	J.	 Sanitary sewer line to each Existing Building 

	K.	 Water line to each Existing Building 

	L.	 Stairwells, including stairwell enclosures 

	M.	 Parking lot lighting 

	N.	 Concrete base for the street monument signs 

	O.	 Installation of the main fire sprinkler trunks, installed, distributed and dropped. Enclose fire risers on 1st floor, with a 5-year certification. 

	P.	 Utilities; phone, gas, electric and plumbing stubbed to each Existing Building. Interconnect conduit provided to each Existing Building terminating
in each Existing Building’s main electrical room. Enclose electrical room on 1st floor of each of the Existing Buildings. 

	Q.	 Electrical: From Santa Clara’s Silicon Valley Power: 

	 	1.	3250 Building: As-is; has 500KVA of available power at 480 volt 3-phase service. This equates to 600 amps of power. 

	 	2.	3260 Building and 3270 Building: These buildings share 750KVA of power. This equates to 900 Amps of power shared. If the design load calculation shows that the
current electrical capacity is insufficient, Landlord will request that Silicon Valley Power upgrade the transformers, at no cost to Landlord or Tenant. If the secondary feeders in the 3260 Building and 3270 Building need to be upgraded as a result
of an upgrade of the transformers, Landlord agrees to pay to upgrade the feeders, but only to the extent required for normal office use, and not a laboratory use or other higher load use.

	R.	 Replace the existing 60-ton units serving each Existing Building with new units sufficient for standard open plan office conditioning, up to a
maximum cost of $1,115,750. 

	S.	 Demolish existing HVAC distribution back to main plenums. 

	T.	 Shell architect & engineering (including structural, interior, mechanical and plumbing design) 

	U.	 Paint of exterior walls 

	V.	 All permits for the shell and additional items above 

	W.	 Roof screens 

	X.	 Insulation in all exterior walls and all true ceilings 

  

					
		 	47	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

	Y.	 Utility meters 

	Z.	 Life safety systems 

	AA.	 Elevators put into good working order and elevators and elevator equipment rooms brought into compliance with code. 

	BB.	 Restrooms on all floors with high-end finishes. One additional toilet stall will be installed in each restroom, rather than the showers Landlord had
previously planned. 

	CC.	 Interior finishes per the following list: 

	 	1.	 Lobby Floor Field Tile: Intertile Limestone “Sea Grass”, 12”x24”, honed finish 

	 	2.	 Lobby Floor Accent Tile: Cold Springs Granite “Kenorean Sage”, 12”x12”, flamed finish 

	 	3.	 Lobby Ceiling: Gyp. Board with accent on one (1) wall in the lobby area. 

	 	4.	 Office Carpet: Shaw Contract, “Catalyst” tile, “Marble” color 

	 	5.	 Doors, door frames, and door hardware: Maple veneer, plane-sliced with clear varnish 

	 	6.	 Restroom Field Tile: DalTile, Vernada Series, “Dune” color 

	 	7.	 Restroom Accent Tile: DalTile, Veranda Series, “Gravel” color 

	 	8.	 Restroom Counters: Caesarstone, “Lagos Blue” 

	 	9.	 Restroom Partitions: Plastic Laminate 

	 	10.	 Restroom Sinks: Kohler “Caxton” undermount 

	 	11.	 Restroom Faucets: Kohler “Corolais” single-lever 

	 	12.	 Restroom Water Closets: Kohler “Kingston” wall hung 

	 	13.	 Restroom ceiling height to be 9 feet, including the restroom vestibule area. 

	 	14.	 All interior doors to be 9 feet tall, except those with already lower openings, such as the restrooms. 

	DD.	 All work required to complete the main lobby on the first floor of the 3250 Building. 

	EE.	 Complete drywall soffit, taping, and painting at perimeter soffit of 2nd floor of each Existing Building. 

 The Warm Shell Specifications for the Connector are the following: 
  

	A.	 Exterior walls 

	B.	 Foundation 

	C.	 Floor slabs 

	D.	 Roof structure and membrane 

	E.	 Glazing (full glass line) 

	F.	 Exit doors 

	G.	 Main fire sprinkler trunks, installed, distributed and dropped. 

	H.	 Electrical 

	I.	 HVAC sufficient for standard open plan office conditioning, with distribution to all dropped ceiling areas 

	J.	 Shell architect & engineering (including structural, interior, mechanical and plumbing design) 

	K.	 Paint of exterior walls 

	L.	 All permits for the shell and additional items above 

	M.	 Roof screens 

	N.	 Insulation in all exterior walls and all true ceilings 

	O.	 Life safety systems 

  

					
		 	48	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

	P.	 Interior finishes per the following list: 

	 	1.	 Office Carpet: Shaw Contract, “Catalyst” tile, “Marble” color 

	 	2.	 Doors, door frames, and door hardware: Maple veneer, plane-sliced with clear varnish 

	 	3.	 All interior doors to be 9 feet tall 

	Q.	 Landscaping, including walkways 

	R.	 Storm drain to parking areas 

	S.	 Main fire sprinkler trunks, installed, distributed and dropped. 

Utilities for the Connector will be pulled from either the 3260 Building or the 3270 Building, and will not be separately metered for the
Connector. The Warm Shell Work in the Connector does not include any work related to any lobby, stairwell, elevators, or restrooms, and all of that work in the Connector is part of the Tenant Improvement Work. 

Without limitation, the Warm Shell Work does not include any special HVAC for server rooms (IDF/MDF) in any Building or any other rooms
that require special HVAC conditioning. 

  

					
		 	49	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 EXHIBIT E 
 Credit to Tenant Improvement Allowance for Warm Shell 
 Work Not Performed
by Landlord 
 The component of the Allowance described in clause (iii) of Section 5 is based on the cost of the
following work in the following parts of the Premises that Landlord has not performed on the date of this Lease or, with respect to the Connector, that Landlord does not install as part of the Warm Shell Work for the Connector: 

3250 Building 

All work related to enclosure of the rear stairs at both 1st and 2nd floor 

All work related to enclosure of the front stairs at 2nd floor 
 Distribution value of HVAC at 1st and 2nd floor from what would have been market ready scope 
 Suspended ceiling at 1st and 2nd floor 
 Lighting at 1st and 2nd floor 

Exit signage at 1st and 2nd floor 
 Modifications to fire sprinklers at 2nd floor (existing drops are at 9’ and new proposed ceiling height is at 10’) 
 Floor coverings and base at 1st and 2nd floor 
 Painting cost of columns at 1st and
2nd floor 
 Cost of all fire extinguishers, cabinets and their installation 

Cost of final interior clean 

3260 Building & 3270 Building: 
 All work related to the lobbies at both 1st and 2nd floor 
 All work related to
enclosure of the rear stairs at both 1st and 2nd floor 
 All work related to enclosure of the front stairs at 2nd floor

 Distribution value of HVAC at 1st and 2nd floor from what would have been market ready scope 

Suspended ceiling at 1st and 2nd floor 
 Lighting at 1st and 2nd floor 
 Exit signage at 1st and 2nd floor 

Modifications to fire sprinklers at 2nd floor (existing drops are at 9’ and new proposed ceiling height is at 10’) 

Floor coverings and base at 1st and 2nd floor 
 Painting costs of columns at 1st and 2nd floor 
 Cost of all fire extinguishers,
cabinets and their installation 
 Cost of final interior clean up 

Connector, the following, except to the extent installed by Landlord: 

Distribution value of HVAC from what would have been market ready scope 

Suspended ceiling 

  

					
		 	50	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 Lighting 
 Exit signage 
 Floor coverings 

Fire extinguishers, cabinets and their installation 
 Final interior clean up 
 Painting cost of columns 

  

					
		 	51	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 EXHIBIT F 
 Outside Cafeteria Seating Area 

  

					
		 	52	 	ServiceNow, Inc.

 

 

 EXHIBIT G 
 Sign Plans 

  

					
		 	53	 	ServiceNow, Inc.Indenture

 Exhibit 4.1 

 
  

NEXSTAR BROADCASTING, INC., 
 and 
 THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO 

6 7/8% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2020 

 
  

INDENTURE 

Dated as of November 9, 2012 
  

 
 The Bank of
New York Mellon, 
 as Trustee 

 
  

 

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE* 

 

			
	 Trust Indenture Act Section
	  	 Indenture Section

	 310(a)(1)
	  	7.10
	 (a)(2)
	  	7.10
	 (a)(3)
	  	N.A.
	 (a)(4)
	  	N.A.
	 (a)(5)
	  	7.10
	 (b)
	  	7.10
	 (c)
	  	N.A.
	 311(a)
	  	7.11
	 (b)
	  	7.11
	 (c)
	  	N.A.
	 312(a)
	  	2.05
	 (b)
	  	12.03
	 (c)
	  	12.03
	 313(a)
	  	7.06
	 (b)(1)
	  	N.A.
	 (b)(2)
	  	7.06; 7.07
	 (c)
	  	7.06; 14.02
	 (d)
	  	7.06
	 314(a)
	  	12.02; 12.05
	 (b)
	  	10.05
	 (c)(1)
	  	12.04
	 (c)(2)
	  	12.04
	 (c)(3)
	  	N.A.
	 (d)
	  	10.05
	 (e)
	  	12.05
	 (f)
	  	N.A.
	 315(a)
	  	7.01
	 (b)
	  	7.05, 14.02
	 (c)(1)
	  	7.01
	 (c)(2)
	  	7.01
	 (e)
	  	6.14
	 316(a) (last sentence)
	  	2.09
	 (a)(1)(A)
	  	6.05
	 (a)(1)(B)
	  	6.04
	 (a)(2)
	  	N.A.
	 (b)
	  	6.07
	 (c)
	  	2.12; 9.04
	 317(a)(1)
	  	6.08
	 (a)(2)
	  	6.12
	 (b)
	  	2.04
	 318(a)
	  	12.01
	 (b)
	  	N.A.
	 (c)
	  	12.04

 N.A. means not applicable. 

 

	*	This Cross Reference Table is not part of this Indenture. 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
		
	 ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
	  	 	1	  
			
	 Section 1.01
	  	 Definitions
	  	 	1	  
	 Section 1.02
	  	 Other Definitions
	  	 	31	  
	 Section 1.03
	  	 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
	  	 	32	  
	 Section 1.04
	  	 Rules of Construction
	  	 	32	  
		
	 ARTICLE 2 THE NOTES
	  	 	32	  
			
	 Section 2.01
	  	 Form and Dating
	  	 	32	  
	 Section 2.02
	  	 Execution and Authentication
	  	 	33	  
	 Section 2.03
	  	 Registrar and Paying Agent
	  	 	34	  
	 Section 2.04
	  	 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
	  	 	34	  
	 Section 2.05
	  	 Holder Lists
	  	 	34	  
	 Section 2.06
	  	 Transfer and Exchange
	  	 	35	  
	 Section 2.07
	  	 Replacement Notes
	  	 	43	  
	 Section 2.08
	  	 Outstanding Notes
	  	 	43	  
	 Section 2.09
	  	 Treasury Notes
	  	 	44	  
	 Section 2.10
	  	 Temporary Notes
	  	 	44	  
	 Section 2.11
	  	 Cancellation
	  	 	44	  
	 Section 2.12
	  	 Defaulted Interest
	  	 	44	  
	 Section 2.13
	  	 CUSIP Numbers
	  	 	45	  
		
	 ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT
	  	 	45	  
			
	 Section 3.01
	  	 Notices to Trustee
	  	 	45	  
	 Section 3.02
	  	 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased
	  	 	45	  
	 Section 3.03
	  	 Notice of Redemption
	  	 	45	  
	 Section 3.04
	  	 Effect of Notice of Redemption
	  	 	46	  
	 Section 3.05
	  	 Deposit of Redemption Price
	  	 	46	  
	 Section 3.06
	  	 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part
	  	 	46	  
	 Section 3.07
	  	 Optional Redemption
	  	 	47	  
	 Section 3.08
	  	 Mandatory Redemption
	  	 	47	  
	 Section 3.09
	  	 Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds
	  	 	47	  
		
	 ARTICLE 4 COVENANTS
	  	 	49	  
			
	 Section 4.01
	  	 Payment of Notes
	  	 	49	  
	 Section 4.02
	  	 Maintenance of Office or Agency
	  	 	49	  
	 Section 4.03
	  	 Reports
	  	 	49	  
	 Section 4.04
	  	 Compliance Certificate
	  	 	50	  
	 Section 4.05
	  	 Taxes
	  	 	51	  
	 Section 4.06
	  	 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
	  	 	51	  
	 Section 4.07
	  	 Limitation on Restricted Payments
	  	 	51	  
	 Section 4.08
	  	 Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries
	  	 	55	  
	 Section 4.09
	  	 Limitation on Indebtedness
	  	 	57	  
	 Section 4.10
	  	 Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock
	  	 	61	  
	 Section 4.11
	  	 Limitation on Affiliate Transactions
	  	 	63	  
	 Section 4.12
	  	 Limitation on Liens
	  	 	64	  
	 Section 4.13
	  	 Corporate Existence
	  	 	64	  
	 Section 4.14
	  	 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control
	  	 	65	  
	 Section 4.15
	  	 Limitation on Guarantees
	  	 	66	  

  
 i 

							
	 Section 4.16
	  	 Payments for Consent
	  	 	67	  
	 Section 4.17
	  	 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries
	  	 	67	  
	 Section 4.18
	  	 Suspension of Covenants on Achievement of Investment Grade Status
	  	 	67	  
		
	 ARTICLE 5 SUCCESSORS
	  	 	68	  
			
	 Section 5.01
	  	 Merger and Consolidation
	  	 	68	  
	 Section 5.02
	  	 Successor Corporation Substituted
	  	 	69	  
		
	 ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
	  	 	69	  
			
	 Section 6.01
	  	 Events of Default
	  	 	69	  
	 Section 6.02
	  	 Acceleration
	  	 	71	  
	 Section 6.03
	  	 Other Remedies
	  	 	72	  
	 Section 6.04
	  	 Waiver of Past Defaults
	  	 	72	  
	 Section 6.05
	  	 Control by Majority
	  	 	72	  
	 Section 6.06
	  	 Limitation on Suits
	  	 	72	  
	 Section 6.07
	  	 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment
	  	 	73	  
	 Section 6.08
	  	 Collection Suit by Trustee
	  	 	73	  
	 Section 6.09
	  	 Restoration of Rights and Remedies
	  	 	73	  
	 Section 6.10
	  	 Rights and Remedies Cumulative
	  	 	73	  
	 Section 6.11
	  	 Delay or Omission Not Waiver
	  	 	73	  
	 Section 6.12
	  	 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	  	 	73	  
	 Section 6.13
	  	 Application of Money Collected
	  	 	74	  
	 Section 6.14
	  	 Undertaking for Costs
	  	 	74	  
		
	 ARTICLE 7 TRUSTEE
	  	 	74	  
			
	 Section 7.01
	  	 Duties of Trustee
	  	 	74	  
	 Section 7.02
	  	 Rights of Trustee
	  	 	75	  
	 Section 7.03
	  	 Individual Rights of Trustee
	  	 	76	  
	 Section 7.04
	  	 Trustee’s Disclaimer
	  	 	76	  
	 Section 7.05
	  	 Notice of Defaults
	  	 	76	  
	 Section 7.06
	  	 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes
	  	 	76	  
	 Section 7.07
	  	 Compensation and Indemnity
	  	 	77	  
	 Section 7.08
	  	 Replacement of Trustee
	  	 	77	  
	 Section 7.09
	  	 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.
	  	 	78	  
	 Section 7.10
	  	 Eligibility; Disqualification
	  	 	78	  
	 Section 7.11
	  	 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer
	  	 	78	  
		
	 ARTICLE 8 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
	  	 	79	  
			
	 Section 8.01
	  	 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	79	  
	 Section 8.02
	  	 Legal Defeasance and Discharge
	  	 	79	  
	 Section 8.03
	  	 Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	79	  
	 Section 8.04
	  	 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
	  	 	80	  
	 Section 8.05
	  	 Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions
	  	 	80	  
	 Section 8.06
	  	 Repayment to the Issuer
	  	 	81	  
	 Section 8.07
	  	 Reinstatement
	  	 	81	  
		
	 ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
	  	 	81	  
			
	 Section 9.01
	  	 Without Consent of Holders of Notes
	  	 	81	  
	 Section 9.02
	  	 With Consent of Holders of Notes
	  	 	82	  
	 Section 9.03
	  	 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
	  	 	83	  
	 Section 9.04
	  	 Revocation and Effect of Consents
	  	 	83	  

  
 ii 

							
	 Section 9.05
	  	 Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	  	 	83	  
	 Section 9.06
	  	 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.
	  	 	83	  
		
	 ARTICLE 10 GUARANTEES
	  	 	84	  
			
	 Section 10.01
	  	 Guarantee
	  	 	84	  
	 Section 10.02
	  	 Limitation on Guarantor Liability
	  	 	85	  
	 Section 10.03
	  	 Execution and Delivery of Guarantees
	  	 	85	  
	 Section 10.04
	  	 Subrogation
	  	 	85	  
	 Section 10.05
	  	 Benefits Acknowledged
	  	 	85	  
	 Section 10.06
	  	 Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms
	  	 	85	  
	 Section 10.07
	  	 Releases of Guarantees
	  	 	86	  
		
	 ARTICLE 11 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
	  	 	87	  
			
	 Section 11.01
	  	 Satisfaction and Discharge
	  	 	87	  
	 Section 11.02
	  	 Application of Trust Money
	  	 	87	  
		
	 ARTICLE 12 MISCELLANEOUS
	  	 	87	  
			
	 Section 12.01
	  	 Trust Indenture Act Controls
	  	 	87	  
	 Section 12.02
	  	 Notices
	  	 	88	  
	 Section 12.03
	  	 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes
	  	 	89	  
	 Section 12.04
	  	 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	  	 	89	  
	 Section 12.05
	  	 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	  	 	89	  
	 Section 12.06
	  	 Rules by Trustee and Agents
	  	 	89	  
	 Section 12.07
	  	 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators and Shareholders
	  	 	89	  
	 Section 12.08
	  	 Governing Law
	  	 	89	  
	 Section 12.09
	  	 Submission to Jurisdiction; Service of Process; Waiver of Jury Trial
	  	 	90	  
	 Section 12.10
	  	 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
	  	 	90	  
	 Section 12.11
	  	 Successors
	  	 	90	  
	 Section 12.12
	  	 Severability
	  	 	90	  
	 Section 12.13
	  	 Counterpart Originals
	  	 	90	  
	 Section 12.14
	  	 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
	  	 	90	  
	 Section 12.15
	  	 Qualification of Indenture
	  	 	90	  
	 Section 12.16
	  	 Force Majeure
	  	 	91	  

  
 iii

 EXHIBITS 

 

			
	Exhibit A	    	FORM OF NOTE
	Exhibit B	    	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
	Exhibit C	    	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
	Exhibit D	    	FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

  
 iv 

 INDENTURE dated as of November 9, 2012, among Nexstar Broadcasting, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the “Issuer”), Nexstar Broadcasting Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Parent”), as a guarantor, Mission Broadcasting, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Mission”), as a guarantor, and
The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (the “Trustee”). 
 W I T N E S S E T H 

WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of
(i) $250,000,000 of 6 7/8% Senior Notes due 2020 (the “Initial Notes”) and (ii) if and when issued, an unlimited principal amount of additional notes having identical terms and conditions as the Initial
Notes, other than issue date, issue price and the first interest payment date (the “Additional Notes” and, together with the Initial Notes, the “Notes”); 

WHEREAS, all acts and things necessary have been done to make (i) the Notes, when executed by the Issuer and authenticated and
delivered hereunder and duly issued by the Issuer, the valid and legally binding obligations of the Issuer and (ii) this Indenture a valid and legally binding agreement of the Issuer and each of the Guarantors in accordance with the terms of
this Indenture. 
 NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt
of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of all Holders of the Notes as follows: 
 ARTICLE 1 
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

  

	 	Section 1.01	Definitions. 

“144A Global Note” means a global note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note
Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that shall be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance
on Rule 144A. 
 “2014 Notes” means the (1) the 7% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 issued pursuant
to an Indenture, dated as of December 30, 2003, among the Issuer, Mission, as initial guarantor, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, as supplemented or amended to date, and (2) the 7% Senior Subordinated PIK Notes due 2014 issued
pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of March 30, 2009, among the Issuer, Mission, as initial guarantor, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, as supplemented or amended to date. 

“2017 Notes” means the 8.875% Senior Secured Second Lien Notes due 2017 issued pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of
April 19, 2010, among the Issuer, Mission, the guarantors party thereto, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee and collateral agent. 
 “ABRY” means, collectively, ABRY Broadcast Partners II, L.P., ABRY Broadcast Partners III, L.P. and ABRY Partners, LLC, and funds or partnerships related to, or managed or advised by any
of them or any Affiliate of any of them. 
 “Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (1) of a Person or
any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or (2) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case whether or not Incurred by such Person in connection with such
Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or such acquisition or (3) of a Person at the time such Person merges with or into or consolidates or otherwise combines with the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary. Acquired Indebtedness
shall be deemed to have been Incurred, with respect to clause (1) of the preceding sentence, on the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and, with respect to clause (2) of the preceding sentence, on the date of consummation of
such acquisition of assets and, with respect to clause (3) of the preceding sentence, on the date of the relevant merger, consolidation or other combination. 

  
 1 

 “Acquisition” means the acquisition of certain television station assets
and Inergize Digital media operations from Newport Television LLC and Newport Television License LLC by the Issuer and Mission. 

“Acquisition Debt” means Indebtedness the proceeds of which are utilized solely to (x) acquire all or substantially
all of the assets or a majority of the Voting Stock of an existing television broadcasting business franchise or station or (y) finance an LMA (including to repay or refinance Indebtedness or other obligations incurred in connection with such
acquisition or LMA, as the case may be, and to pay related fees and expenses). 
 “Additional Assets” means:

 (i) any property or assets (other than Capital Stock) used or to be used by the Issuer, a Restricted
Subsidiary or otherwise useful in a Similar Business (it being understood that capital expenditures on property or assets already used in a Similar Business or to replace any property or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition shall be
deemed an investment in Additional Assets); 
 (ii) the Capital Stock of a Person that is engaged in a Similar
Business and becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; or 
 (iii) Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer. 
 “Additional Interest” means all additional interest then owning pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Additional Notes” means an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Notes (other than the Initial Notes and other than Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such Initial Notes) issued
under this Indenture in accordance with Section 2.02, 4.09 and 4.12 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes, it being understood that any Notes issued in exchange for or replacement of any Initial Notes shall not be Additional
Notes. 
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or
controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person,
directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. 

“Applicable Premium” means the greater of (A) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note and (B) on any
redemption date, the excess (to the extent positive) of: 
 (i) the present value at such redemption date of
(i) the redemption price of such Note at November 15, 2015 (such redemption price (expressed in percentage of principal amount) being set forth in the table appearing in Section 3.07(c) (excluding accrued but unpaid interest)), plus
(ii) all required interest payments due on such Note to and including such date set forth in clause (i) (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed upon the redemption date using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate at such
redemption date plus 50 basis points; over 
 (ii) the then outstanding principal amount of such Note;

 in each case, as calculated by the Issuer or on behalf of the Issuer by such Person as the Issuer shall designate. 

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global
Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange. 

“Asset Disposition” means: 
 (a) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction)
of the Issuer (other than Capital Stock of the Issuer) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); or 

(b) the issuance or sale of Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock
of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof or directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required under applicable law), whether in a single transaction or a series of related
transactions; 

  
 2 

 in each case, other than: 
  

	 	(1)	a disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary; 

 

	 	(2)	a disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents; 

  

	 	(3)	a disposition of inventory or other assets in the ordinary course of business; 

 

	 	(4)	a disposition of obsolete, surplus or worn out equipment or other assets or equipment or other assets that are no longer useful in the conduct of the business of the
Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

  

	 	(5)	transactions permitted under Section 5.01 hereof or a transaction that constitutes a Change of Control; 

 

	 	(6)	an issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or to another Restricted Subsidiary or as part of or pursuant to an equity incentive or
compensation plan approved by the Board of Directors; 

  

	 	(7)	any dispositions of Capital Stock, properties or assets in a single transaction or series of related transactions with a fair market value (as determined in good faith
by the Issuer) of less than $15.0 million; 

  

	 	(8)	any Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.07 hereof and the making of any Permitted Payment or Permitted Investment or,
solely for purposes of Section 4.10(a)(3) hereof, asset sales, the proceeds of which are used to make such Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments; 

 

	 	(9)	dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens; 

  

	 	(10)	dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar
proceedings; 

  

	 	(11)	the licensing or sub-licensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles and licenses, sub-licenses, leases or subleases of other property, in each case, in
the ordinary course of business; 

  

	 	(12)	foreclosure, condemnation or any similar action with respect to any property or other assets; 

 

	 	(13)	the sale or discount (with or without recourse, and on customary or commercially reasonable terms and for credit management purposes) of accounts receivable or notes
receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, or the conversion or exchange of accounts receivable for notes receivable; 

  

	 	(14)	any disposition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other securities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; 

 

	 	(15)	 any disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than the Issuer or
a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom 

  
 3 

	 	
such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of
such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition; 

  

	 	(16)	to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

  

	 	(17)	any financing transaction with respect to property constructed, acquired, replaced, repaired or improved (including any reconstruction, refurbishment, renovation and/or
development of real property) by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Leaseback Transactions and asset securitizations, permitted by this Indenture; 

 

	 	(18)	any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind; and 

 

	 	(19)	any disposition of any Non-Core Asset. 

 “Associate” means (i) any Person engaged in a Similar Business of which the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries are the legal and beneficial owners of between 20% and 50% of all
outstanding Voting Stock and (ii) any joint venture entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer. 

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended, or any similar United States federal
or state law or foreign law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, winding up, liquidation, reorganization or relief of debtors or any amendment to, succession to or change in any such law. 

“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act.
The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning. 
 “Board of
Directors” means (1) with respect to the Issuer or any corporation, the board of directors or managers, as applicable, of the corporation, or any duly authorized committee thereof; (2) with respect to any partnership, the board of
directors or other governing body of the general partner of the partnership or any duly authorized committee thereof; and (3) with respect to any other Person, the board or any duly authorized committee of such Person serving a similar
function. Whenever any provision requires any action or determination to be made by, or any approval of, a Board of Directors, such action, determination or approval shall be deemed to have been taken or made if approved by a majority of the
directors on any such Board of Directors (whether or not such action or approval is taken as part of a formal board meeting or as a formal board approval). 
 “Board Resolution” means a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Issuer to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Issuer and to be in
full force and effect on the date of such certification. 
 “Broker-Dealer” has the meaning set forth in the
Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on
which banking institutions in New York, New York, or the place of payment on the Notes in the United States are authorized or required by law to close. 
 “Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares of, rights to purchase, warrants, options or depositary receipts for, or other equivalents of or partnership or other interests in
(however designated), equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity. 
 “Capitalized Lease Obligations” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes on the basis of GAAP. The
amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such obligation at the time any determination thereof is to be made as determined on the basis of GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the
last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease may be terminated without penalty. 

  
 4 

 “Cash Equivalents” means: 

(1) (a) United States dollars or (b) any other foreign currency held by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries in
the ordinary course of business; 
 (2) securities issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by the
United States or Canadian governments or, in each case, any agency or instrumentality of thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of such country is pledged in support thereof), having maturities of not more than two years from the date of
acquisition; 
 (3) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits or
bankers’ acceptances having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any lender to the Credit Agreements or by any bank or trust company (a) whose commercial paper is rated at least
“A-2” or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least “P-2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s (or if at the time neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized
Statistical Rating Organization) or (b) (in the event that the bank or trust company does not have commercial paper which is rated) having combined capital and surplus in excess of $100 million; 

(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) entered into
with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above; 
 (5) commercial paper rated at the
time of acquisition thereof at least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof by S&P or “P-2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or carrying an equivalent rating by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization, if
both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of investments or, if no rating is available in respect of the commercial paper, the issuer of which has an equivalent rating in respect of its long-term debt, and in any case maturing
within one year after the date of acquisition thereof; 
 (6) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any
state of the United States of America, any province of Canada or any political subdivision thereof, in each case, having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or, if at the time, neither is issuing
comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization) with maturities of not more than two years from the date of acquisition; and 

(7) interests in any investment company, money market or enhanced high yield fund which invests 95% or more of its assets
in instruments of the type specified in clauses (1) through (6) above. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash
Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clause (1) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clause (1) as promptly as practicable and in any event
within 10 Business Days following the receipt of such amounts. 
 “Cash Management Services” means any of the
following to the extent not constituting a line of credit (other than an overnight draft facility that is not in default): ACH transactions, treasury and/or cash management services, including, without limitation, controlled disbursement services,
overdraft facilities, foreign exchange facilities, deposit and other accounts and merchant services. 
 “Change of
Control” means: 
 (1) the Issuer becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to
Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date),
other than one or more Permitted Holders, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power
of the Voting Stock of the Issuer; 

  
 5 

 (2) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than
by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to a Person, other than
a Restricted Subsidiary or one or more Permitted Holders; or 
 (3) the adoption of a plan relating to the
liquidation or dissolution of the Issuer. 
 “Change of Control Repurchase Event” means the occurrence of both
a Change of Control and a Ratings Event. 
 “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, Société
Anonyme. 
 “Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 

“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount
of depreciation and amortization expense, including amortization of deferred financing fees of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP. 

“Consolidated EBITDA” for any period means the Consolidated Net Income for such period: 

(1) increased (without duplication) by: 

(a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, without limitation, state, franchise and
similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(b) Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other
derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, plus amounts excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense”
pursuant to clauses (w), (x) and (y) in clause (1) thereof, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were
deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (d) any expenses or charges
(other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Indenture (including a refinancing
thereof) (whether or not successful), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Notes and the Credit Agreements, and (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Notes or the Credit Agreements, in each
case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (e) other than for the
purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07(a)(C)(i) hereof, the amount of any restructuring charge or reserve, integration cost or other business optimization expense or cost associated with
establishing new facilities that is deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after the Issue Date and costs related to the closure and/or
consolidation of facilities; provided that the aggregate amount of cash charges and cash costs that are included in this clause (e) shall not exceed 10% of Consolidated EBITDA in any four quarter period; plus 

(f) any other non-cash charges, write-downs, expenses, losses or items reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period
including any impairment charges or the impact of 

  
 6 

 
purchase accounting, (excluding any such non-cash charge, write-down or item to the extent it represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period) less other non-cash
items of income increasing Consolidated Net Income (excluding any such non-cash item of income to the extent it represents a receipt of cash in any future period); plus 

(g) other than for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under
Section 4.07(a)(C)(i) hereof, the amount of net cost savings or any contractual retransmission revenue projected by the Issuer in good faith to be realized in connection with any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation,
reorganization or restructuring (each, a “Specified Transaction”), taken or initiated prior to or during such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period),
net of the amount of actual benefits realized or expected to be realized prior to or during such period from such actions; provided that (x) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (y) such actions
have been taken or shall be taken within 12 months of the date of such Specified Transaction, and (z) the aggregate amount of such cost savings that are included in this clause (g) shall not (1) in the case of any cost savings in
connection with any reorganization or restructuring, exceed $5.0 million in any four quarter period and (2) in all other cases, exceed 10% of Consolidated EBITDA in any single Specified Transaction and shall not exceed 20% of Consolidated
EBITDA in any four quarter period; plus 
 (h) any costs or expense incurred by the Issuer or a
Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded
with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set
forth in Section 4.07(a)(C)(iii) hereof; plus 
 (i) cash receipts (or any netting arrangements
resulting in reduced cash expenditures) not representing Consolidated EBITDA or Net Income in any period to the extent non-cash gains relating to such income were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (2) below
for any previous period and not added back; plus 
 (j) any net loss included in the consolidated
financial statements due to the application of Accounting Standard Codification Topic 810 and related pronouncements; plus 
 (k) realized foreign exchange losses resulting from the impact of foreign currency changes on the valuation of assets or liabilities on the balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
and 
 (l) net realized losses from Hedging Obligations or embedded derivatives that require similar
accounting treatment and the application of Accounting Standard Codification Topic 815 and related pronouncements; 
 (2) decreased (without duplication) by: (a) (i) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the
reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period, (ii) any non-cash gains with respect to cash actually received in a prior period so long as such cash did not increase
Consolidated EBITDA in such prior period and (iii) programming rights payments made during such prior period; plus (b) realized foreign exchange income or gains resulting from the impact of foreign currency changes on the valuation
of assets or liabilities on the balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; plus (c) any net realized income or gains from Hedging Obligations or embedded derivatives that require similar accounting treatment and the
application of Accounting Standard Codification Topic 815 and related pronouncements, plus (d) any net income included in the consolidated financial statements due to the application of Accounting Standard Codification Topic 810 and
related pronouncements; and 
 (3) increased or decreased (without duplication) by, as applicable, any
adjustments resulting for the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 460 or any comparable regulation. 

  
 7 

 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any
period, without duplication, the sum of: 
 (1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par,
(b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark
to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with
respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (v) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities other than Indebtedness, (w) any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of purchase accounting
in connection with any acquisition, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees, and (z) interest with respect to
Indebtedness of any Parent of such Person appearing upon the balance sheet of such Person solely by reason of push-down accounting under GAAP); plus 
 (2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less 

(3) interest income for such period. 
 For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such
Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the
net income (loss) of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis on the basis of GAAP; provided, however, that there shall not be included in such Consolidated Net Income: 

(1) subject to the limitations contained in clause (3) below, any net income (loss) of any Person if such Person is
not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that the Issuer’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents actually distributed by
such Person during such period to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution or return on investment (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution or return on investment to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the
limitations contained in clause (2) below); 
 (2) solely for the purpose of determining the amount
available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07(a)(C)(i) hereof, any net income (loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Guarantors) if such Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends
or the making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Issuer or a Guarantor by operation of the terms of such Restricted Subsidiary’s charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute
or governmental rule or regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or its shareholders (other than (a) restrictions that have been waived or otherwise released, (b) restrictions pursuant to the Notes or this Indenture), except
that the Issuer’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents actually distributed or that could have been
distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this
clause); 

  
 8 

 (3) any net gain (or loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of
any asset or disposed operations of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiaries (including pursuant to any sale/leaseback transaction) which is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by an
Officer or the Board of Directors of the Issuer); 
 (4) any extraordinary, exceptional, unusual or nonrecurring
gain, loss, charge or expense or any charges, expenses or reserves in respect of any restructuring, redundancy or severance expense; 
 (5) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles; 

(6) any (i) non-cash compensation charge or expense arising from any grant of stock, stock options or other equity
based awards and any non-cash deemed finance charges in respect of any pension liabilities or other provisions and (ii) income (loss) attributable to deferred compensation plans or trusts shall be excluded; 

(7) all deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid or other expenses incurred directly in connection with any
early extinguishment of Indebtedness and any net gain (loss) from any write-off or forgiveness of Indebtedness; 

(8) any unrealized gains or losses in respect of Hedging Obligations or any ineffectiveness recognized in earnings related
to qualifying hedge transactions or the fair value of changes therein recognized in earnings for derivatives that do not qualify as hedge transactions, in each case, in respect of Hedging Obligations; 

(9) any unrealized foreign currency transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness of any Person denominated in a
currency other than the functional currency of such Person and any unrealized foreign exchange gains or losses relating to translation of assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies; 

(10) any unrealized foreign currency translation or transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness or other
obligations of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (11)
any purchase accounting effects including, but not limited to, adjustments to inventory, property and equipment, software and other intangible assets and deferred revenue in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative
pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries), as a result of any consummated acquisition, or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof (including any write-off of in
process research and development); 
 (12) any goodwill or other intangible asset impairment charge or write-off;

 (13) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or cancellation of Indebtedness or
Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded; 
 (14) accruals and reserves that are
established within twelve months after the Issue Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP, shall be excluded; 

(15) any net unrealized gains and losses resulting from Hedging Obligations or embedded derivatives that require similar
accounting treatment and the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815 and related pronouncements shall be excluded; and 
 (16) the amount of any expense to the extent a corresponding amount is received in cash by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries from a Person other than the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiaries
under any agreement providing for reimbursement of any such expense, provided such reimbursement payment has not been included in determining Consolidated Net Income (it being understood that if the amounts received in cash under any such
agreement in any period exceed the amount of expense in respect of such period, such excess amounts received may be carried forward and applied against expense in future periods). 

  
 9 

 “Consolidated Secured Leverage” means the sum of the aggregate outstanding
Secured Indebtedness for borrowed money, obligations in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations, letters of credit (only to the extent of any unreimbursed drawings thereunder), debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes and similar instruments
and any Guarantees in respect of any of the foregoing of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 “Consolidated
Secured Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (x) Consolidated Secured Leverage at such date to (y) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive
fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which internal consolidated financial statements of the Issuer are available, in each case with such pro forma adjustments as are consistent with the pro forma
adjustments set forth in the definition of “Leverage Ratio;” provided that, for the purpose of determining Consolidated Secured Leverage, the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalents of the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries shall be determined without giving pro forma effect to the proceeds of Indebtedness incurred on such date. 

“Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as at any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (1) the
aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, obligations in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations, letters of credit (only to
the extent of any unreimbursed drawings thereunder), debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes and similar instruments and any Guarantees in respect of any of the foregoing, and (2) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Disqualified
Stock of the Issuer and all Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, with the amount of such Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock equal to the greater of their respective voluntary or
involuntary liquidation preferences and maximum fixed repurchase prices, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries under any revolving
credit facility or line of credit as at any date of determination shall be determined using the Average Quarterly Balance of such Indebtedness for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available as
of such date of determination (the “Reference Period”). For purposes hereof, (a) the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be
calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as if such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock were purchased on any date on which Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to
this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by the Issuer, (b) “Average
Quarterly Balance” means, with respect to any Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries under a revolving facility or line of credit, the quotient of (x) the sum of each Individual Quarterly Balance for each
fiscal quarter ended on or prior to such date of determination and included in the Reference Period divided by (y) 4, and (c) “Individual Quarterly Balance” means, with respect to any Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or
its Restricted Subsidiaries under a revolving credit facility or line of credit during any fiscal quarter of the Issuer, the quotient of (x) the sum of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all such Indebtedness at the end of each day
of such quarter divided by (y) the number of days in such fiscal quarter. 
 “Contingent Obligations”
means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, any operating lease, dividend or other obligation that does not constitute Indebtedness (“primary
obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”), including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent: 
 (1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor; 
 (2) to advance or supply funds: 
 (a) for the purchase or payment
of any such primary obligation; or 
 (b) to maintain the working capital or equity capital of the primary
obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; or 
 (3) to purchase
property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof. 

  
 10 

 “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” means the principal office of the
Trustee at which at any time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date hereof is located at 101 Barclay Street, Floor 8 West, New York, New York 10286, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration, or such other
address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuer, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by
notice to the Holders and the Issuer). 
 “Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes
in global form, or any successor entity thereto. 
 “Credit Agreements” means (1) that certain Fourth
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated April 1, 2005, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 18, 2005, that certain Second Amendment to Fourth Amended and
Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 8, 2009, that certain Third Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 19, 2010, that certain Fourth Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement
dated as of April 15, 2011, that certain Fifth Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of July 29, 2011, that certain Sixth Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated September 19,
2012, and that certain Seventh Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated October 23, 2012 by and among the Issuer, the guarantors party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and as syndication agent, and
the other lenders party thereto, together with the related documents thereto (including the revolving loans thereunder, any letters of credit and reimbursement obligations related thereto, any Guarantees and security documents), as may be further
amended, extended, renewed, restated, refunded, replaced, restructured, refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time
to time, and any one or more agreements (and related documents) governing Indebtedness, including indentures, incurred to refinance, amend, extend, renew, restate, refund, replace, restructure, supplement, modify, substitute, supplement, replace or
add to (including increasing the amount available for borrowing or adding or removing any Person as a borrower, issuer or guarantor thereunder), in whole or in part, the borrowings and commitments then outstanding or permitted to be outstanding
under such Credit Agreement, refinance to different lenders or one or more successors to the Credit Agreement or one or more new credit agreements; (2) that certain Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated April 1, 2005, as
amended by that certain First Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 8, 2009, that certain Second Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 19, 2010, that certain
Third Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of July 29, 2011, that certain Fourth Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated September 19, 2012, and that certain Fifth Amendment to Third
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated October 23, 2012, by and among Mission, the guarantors party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and as syndication agent, and the other lenders party thereto, together with the
related documents thereto (including the revolving loans thereunder, any letters of credit and reimbursement obligations related thereto, any Guarantees and security documents), as may be further amended, extended, renewed, restated, refunded,
replaced, restructured, refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time, and any one or more agreements (and
related documents) governing Indebtedness, including indentures, incurred to refinance, amend, extend, renew, restate, refund, replace, restructure, supplement, modify, substitute, supplement, replace or add to (including increasing the amount
available for borrowing or adding or removing any Person as a borrower, issuer or guarantor thereunder), in whole or in part, the borrowings and commitments then outstanding or permitted to be outstanding under such Credit Agreement, refinance to
different lenders or one or more successors to the Credit Agreement or one or more new credit agreements; (3) that certain credit agreement to be entered into by and among the Issuer, the guarantors identified therein, the senior lenders (as
identified therein), and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, together with the related documents thereto (including the revolving loans thereunder, any letters of credit and reimbursement obligations related thereto,
any Guarantees and security documents), as amended, extended, renewed, restated, refunded, replaced, restructured, refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions,
covenants and other provisions) 

  
 11 

 
from time to time, and any one or more agreements (and related documents) governing Indebtedness, including indentures, incurred to refinance, amend, extend, renew, restate, refund, replace,
restructure, modify, substitute, supplement, replace or add to (including increasing the amount available for borrowing or adding or removing any Person as a borrower, issuer or guarantor thereunder), in whole or in part, the borrowings and
commitments then outstanding or permitted to be outstanding under such Credit Agreement, refinance to different lenders or one or more successors to the Credit Agreement or one or more new credit agreements and (4) that certain credit agreement
to be entered into by and among Mission, the guarantors identified therein, the senior lenders (as identified therein), and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, together with the related documents thereto (including
the revolving loans thereunder, any letters of credit and reimbursement obligations related thereto, any Guarantees and security documents), as amended, extended, renewed, restated, refunded, replaced, restructured, refinanced, supplemented,
modified or otherwise changed (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time, and any one or more agreements (and related documents) governing Indebtedness, including
indentures, incurred to refinance, amend, extend, renew, restate, refund, replace, restructure, modify, substitute, supplement, replace or add to (including increasing the amount available for borrowing or adding or removing any Person as a
borrower, issuer or guarantor thereunder), in whole or in part, the borrowings and commitments then outstanding or permitted to be outstanding under such Credit Agreement, refinance to different lenders or one or more successors to the Credit
Agreement or one or more new credit agreements. 
 “Credit Facility” means one or more debt facilities,
indentures or other arrangements (including the Credit Agreements or commercial paper facilities, receivables financing and overdraft facilities) with banks, other financial institutions or investors providing for revolving credit loans, term loans,
notes, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such institutions or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such institutions against such receivables), letters of credit or other Indebtedness, in each case, as
amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, refinanced, repaid, increased or extended in whole or in part from time to time (and whether in whole or in part and whether or not with the original administrative agent and
lenders or another administrative agent or agents or other banks or institutions and whether provided under the original Credit Agreements or one or more other credit or other agreements, indentures, financing agreements or otherwise) and in each
case including all agreements, instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with the foregoing (including any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any Guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and
trademark security agreement, mortgages or letter of credit applications and other Guarantees, pledges, agreements, security agreements and collateral documents). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Credit Facility”
shall include any agreement or instrument (1) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (2) adding Subsidiaries of the Issuer or the Mission Entities as additional borrowers or guarantors
thereunder, (3) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder, (4) changing the administrative agent or lenders or (5) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof. 

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of
Default; provided that any Default that results solely from the taking of an action that would have been permitted but for the continuation of a previous Default shall be deemed to be cured if such previous Default is cured prior to becoming
an Event of Default. 
 “Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder
thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the
Global Note” attached thereto. 
 “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in
whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable
provision of this Indenture. 
 “Designated Non-Cash Consideration” means the fair market value (as determined
in good faith by the Issuer) of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Disposition that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s
Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a 

  
 12 

 
subsequent payment, redemption, retirement, sale or other disposition of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration. A particular item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration shall no longer be
considered to be outstanding when and to the extent it has been paid, redeemed or otherwise retired or sold or otherwise disposed of in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof. 

“Disinterested Director” means, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction, a member of the Board of Directors of the
Issuer having no material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such Affiliate Transaction. A member of the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall be deemed not to have such a financial interest by reason of such member’s
holding Capital Stock of the Issuer or any options, warrants or other rights in respect of such Capital Stock. 

“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which by its terms (or by the
terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event: 
 (1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise; or 

(2) is or may become (in accordance with its terms) upon the occurrence of certain events or otherwise redeemable or
repurchasable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock in whole or in part, 
 in each case on
or prior to the earlier of (a) the Stated Maturity of the Notes or (b) the date on which there are no Notes outstanding; provided, however, that (i) only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily
redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock and (ii) any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because
the holders thereof have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale (howsoever defined or referred to) shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if any such redemption or
repurchase obligation is subject to compliance by the relevant Person with Section 4.07 hereof; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or
by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

 “Domestic Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person other than
a Foreign Subsidiary. 
 “DTC” means The Depository Trust Company or any successor securities clearing agency.

 “Equity Offering” means (x) a sale of Capital Stock of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) other
than offerings registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8 (or any successor form) under the Securities Act or any similar offering in other jurisdictions, or (y) the sale of Capital Stock or other securities by a Parent, the proceeds of which are
contributed to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or through an Excluded Contribution) of the Issuer. 
 “Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system. 
 “Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, as amended. 

“Exchange Notes” means the debt securities of the Issuer issued pursuant to this Indenture in exchange for, and in an
aggregate principal amount equal to, the Notes, in compliance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Exchange Offer Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

  
 13 

 “Excluded Contribution” means Net Cash Proceeds or property or assets
received by the Issuer as capital contributions to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer after the Issue Date or from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock
ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer, to
the extent designated as an Excluded Contribution pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer. 
 “fair
market value” may be conclusively established by means of an Officer’s Certificate or resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Issuer setting out such fair market value as determined by such Officer or such Board of Directors in
good faith. 
 “FCC” means the Federal Communications Commission or any governmental authority succeeding to
the Federal Communications Commission. 
 “Fiscal Year” means a calendar year. 

“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of: 

(1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such Period; 

(2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of
Preferred Stock of any Subsidiary of such Person during such period; and 
 (3) all cash dividends or other
distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during this period. 

“Foreign Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing
under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, and any Subsidiary of such Subsidiary. 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect on the date of any
calculation or determination required hereunder. Except as otherwise set forth in this Indenture, all ratios and calculations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture shall be computed in accordance with GAAP. At any time after the Issue Date, the
Issuer may elect to establish that GAAP shall mean GAAP as in effect on the date of such election; provided that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable. At any time after the Issue Date, the Issuer may elect to apply IFRS
accounting principles in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such election, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean IFRS (except as otherwise provided in this Indenture), including as to the ability of the Issuer to make an election
pursuant to the previous sentence; provided that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable; provided, further, that any calculation or determination in this Indenture that require the application of GAAP for periods
that include fiscal quarters ended prior to the Issuer’s election to apply IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, further again, that the Issuer may only make such
election if it also elects to report any subsequent financial reports required to be made by the Issuer, including pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act and Section 4.03 hereof in IFRS. The Issuer shall give
notice of any such election made in accordance with this definition to the Trustee and the Holders. 
 “Global
Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto issued in accordance with Sections 2.01, 2.06(b)(4), 2.06(d)(2),
2.06(d)(3), or 2.06(f) hereof. 
 “Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(1),
which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture. 
 “Governmental Authority”
means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive,
legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank). 

  
 14 

 “Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person
directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person, including any such obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person: 

(1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person
(whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or 

(2) entered into primarily for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment
thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); 
 provided, however, that the term
“Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning. 

“Guarantor” means each of: 
 (1) any person that executes a Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, and their respective successors and assigns; and 

(2) Parent; provided that such Guarantee by Parent shall only be a Guarantee of (a) the due and punctual
payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal and premium, and, to the extent permitted by law,
interest, and the due and punctual performance of all other financial obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of
any Notes or any of such other financial obligations, that the same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. 

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap
agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the
transfer or mitigation of interest rate, commodity price or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies. 

“Holder” means each Person in whose name the Notes are registered on the Registrar’s books, which shall initially
be the respective nominee of DTC. 
 “Immaterial Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that (i) has
not guaranteed any other Indebtedness of the Issuer and (ii) has Total Assets together with all other Immaterial Subsidiaries (as determined in accordance with GAAP) and Consolidated EBITDA of less than 5.0% of the Issuer’s Total Assets
and Consolidated EBITDA (measured, in the case of Total Assets, at the end of the most recent fiscal period for which internal financial statements are available and, in the case of Consolidated EBITDA, for the four quarters ended most recently for
which internal financial statements are available, in each case measured on a pro forma basis giving effect to any acquisitions or depositions of Issuer, division or lines of business since such balance sheet date or the start of such four quarter
period, as applicable, and on or prior to the date of acquisition of such Subsidiary). 
 “Incur” means issue,
create, assume, enter into any Guarantee of, incur, extend or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether
by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and the terms “Incurred” and “Incurrence” have meanings correlative
to the foregoing and any Indebtedness pursuant to any revolving credit or similar facility shall only be “Incurred” at the time any funds are borrowed thereunder. 

  
 15 

 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of
determination (without duplication): 
 (1) the principal of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;

 (2) the principal of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar
instruments; 
 (3) all reimbursement obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’
acceptances or other similar instruments (the amount of such obligations being equal at any time to the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such letters of credit or other instruments plus the aggregate amount of drawings thereunder that
have been reimbursed) (except to the extent such reimbursement obligations relate to trade payables and such obligations are satisfied within 30 days of Incurrence); 

(4) the principal component of all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property
(except trade payables), which purchase price is due more than one year after the date of placing such property in service or taking final delivery and title thereto; 

(5) Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person; 

(6) the principal component of all obligations, or liquidation preference, of such Person with respect to any Disqualified
Stock or, with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends); 
 (7) the principal component of all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided, however,
that the amount of such Indebtedness shall be the lesser of (a) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons;

 (8) Guarantees by such Person of the principal component of Indebtedness of other Persons to the extent
Guaranteed by such Person; and 
 (9) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net obligations of
such Person under Hedging Obligations (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to the net payments under such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligation that would be payable by such Person at the termination of such
agreement or arrangement). 
 The term “Indebtedness” shall not include any lease, concession or license of
property (or Guarantee thereof) which would be considered an operating lease under GAAP as in effect on the Issue Date, any prepayments of deposits received from clients or customers in the ordinary course of business, or obligations under any
license, permit or other approval (or Guarantees given in respect of such obligations) Incurred prior to the Issue Date or in the ordinary course of business. 
 The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any time in the case of a revolving credit or similar facility shall be the total amount of funds borrowed and then outstanding. The amount of Indebtedness of
any Person at any date shall be determined as set forth above or otherwise provided in this Indenture, and (other than with respect to letters of credit or Guarantees or Indebtedness specified in clause (7) above) shall equal the amount thereof
that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person (excluding any notes thereto) prepared on the basis of GAAP. 

Notwithstanding the above provisions, in no event shall the following constitute Indebtedness: 

(i) Contingent Obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

(ii) Cash Management Services; 
 (iii) in connection with the purchase by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of any business, any post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such

  
 16 

 
payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing; provided, however, that, at the time of
closing, the amount of any such payment is not determinable and, to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount is paid in a timely manner; or 

(iv) for the avoidance of doubt, any obligations in respect of workers’ compensation claims, early retirement or
termination obligations, pension fund obligations or contributions or similar claims, obligations or contributions or social security or wage Taxes. 
 “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time. 
 “Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant. 
 “Initial Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture. 
 “Independent Financial Advisor” means an investment banking or accounting firm of international standing or any third party appraiser of international standing; provided,
however, that such firm or appraiser is not an Affiliate of the Issuer. 
 “Initial Purchasers” means
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, UBS Securities LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (each an “Initial Purchaser”). 

“Investment” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates)
in the form of any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extensions of credit (other than advances or extensions of credit to customers, suppliers, directors, officers or employees of any Person in the ordinary course of business, and excluding
any debt or extension of credit represented by a bank deposit other than a time deposit) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of
others), or the Incurrence of a Guarantee of any obligation of, or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such other Persons and all other items that are or would be classified as
investments on a balance sheet prepared on the basis of GAAP; provided, however, that endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business shall not be deemed to be an Investment. If the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary issues, sells or otherwise disposes of any Capital Stock of a Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect thereto, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, any Investment by the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary in such Person remaining after giving effect thereto shall be deemed to be a new Investment at such time. 

For purposes of Section 4.07 and Section 4.17 hereof, 

(1) “Investment” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in a
Restricted Subsidiary to be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive)
equal to (a) the Issuer’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (b) the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net
assets (as conclusively determined by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith) of such Subsidiary at the time that such Subsidiary is so re-designated a Restricted Subsidiary; and 

(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of
such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer. 

  
 17 

 “Investment Grade” means (i) BBB- or higher by S&P; (ii) Baa3
or higher by Moody’s, or (iii) the equivalent of such ratings by S&P or Moody’s, or of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization. 
 “Investment Grade Status” shall occur when the Notes receive both of the following: 
 (1) a rating of “BBB-” or higher from S&P; and 
 (2)
a rating of “Baa3” or higher from Moody’s; 
 or the equivalent of such rating by either such rating organization or, if no
rating of Moody’s or S&P then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any other Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization. 
 “Issue Date” means November 9, 2012. 

“Issuer” means Nexstar Broadcasting, Inc., a Delaware corporation, until a successor Person shall have become such
pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Issuer” shall mean each such successor Person. 
 “Letter of Transmittal” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Issuer and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer.

 “Leverage Ratio” as of any date of determination, means the ratio of: 

(1) Consolidated Total Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time of determination, to

 (2) the Issuer’s Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which
financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur; 
 provided, however, that: 
 (a) if the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary has Incurred, repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise
to the need to calculate the Leverage Ratio involves an Incurrence, repayment, repurchase, redemption, retirement, defeasement or other discharge of Indebtedness, Indebtedness at the end of such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest
Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Incurrence, repayment, repurchase, redemption, retirement, defeasement or other discharge of Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred
or repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged on the first day of such period; provided, however, that the pro forma calculation shall not give effect to any Indebtedness Incurred on such date of
determination pursuant to the provisions described in Section 4.09(b) hereof; 
 (b) if since the beginning
of such period the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have made any Asset Disposition or disposed of or discontinued any company, division, operating unit, segment, business, group of related assets or line of business or if the transaction
giving rise to the need to calculate the Leverage Ratio includes such an Asset Disposition, Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated Interest Expense and Indebtedness for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto
(including the Incurrence of any Indebtedness) as if such Asset Disposition, sale or discontinuation occurred on the first day of such period; 
 (c) if since the beginning of such period the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) shall have made an Investment in any Restricted Subsidiary (or any Person that becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary or is merged with or into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary), execution of an LMA or an acquisition of assets, including any acquisition of assets 

  
 18 

 
occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, which constitutes all or substantially all of a company, division, operating unit, segment, business or
group of related assets or line of business, Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated Interest Expense and Indebtedness for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any Indebtedness) as if
such Investment, execution or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period; and 
 (d) if since the
beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) shall have Incurred any Indebtedness or discharged any
Indebtedness or made any disposition or any Investment or acquisition of assets that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (a), (b) or (c) above if made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period,
Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated Interest Expense and Indebtedness for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction occurred on the first day of such period. 

The pro forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Issuer. If
any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire
period (taking into account any interest rate agreement applicable to such Indebtedness). 
 “Lien” means any
mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof). 

“LMA” means a local marketing arrangement, joint sales agreement, time brokerage agreement, shared services agreement,
management agreement or similar arrangement pursuant to which a Person, subject to customary preemption rights and other limitations (i) obtains the right to sell a portion of the advertising inventory of a television station of which a third
party is the licensee, (ii) obtains the right to exhibit programming and sell advertising time during a portion of the air time of a television station or (iii) manages a portion of the operations of a television station. 

“Management Advances” means loans or advances made to, or Guarantees with respect to loans or advances made to,
directors, officers, employees or consultants of any Parent, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary: 
 (1) (a)
in respect of travel, entertainment or moving related expenses Incurred in the ordinary course of business or (b) for purposes of funding any such person’s purchase of Capital Stock (or similar obligations) of the Issuer, its Subsidiaries
or any Parent with (in the case of this sub-clause (b)) the approval of the Board of Directors; 
 (2) in respect
of moving related expenses Incurred in connection with any closing or consolidation of any facility or office; or 
 (3) not exceeding $5.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any time. 

“Mission” means Mission Broadcasting, Inc., a Delaware corporation. 

“Mission Entities” means Mission and any Person that is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of Mission Broadcasting, Inc.

 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any of its successors or assigns that is a
Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization. 
 “Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating
Organization” means a nationally recognized statistical rating organization within the meaning of Section 3(62) of the Exchange Act. 

  
 19 

 “Net Available Cash” from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received
(including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise and net proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any securities received as consideration, but only as and
when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in
any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of: 
 (1) all legal, accounting, investment banking, title
and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses Incurred, and all Taxes, and Related Taxes, paid or reasonably estimated to be required to be paid or accrued as a liability under GAAP (after taking into account any otherwise
available tax credits or deductions of the Issuer (or any of their Subsidiaries) and any tax sharing agreements), as a consequence of such Asset Disposition; 
 (2) all payments made on any Indebtedness which is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or which by applicable law be repaid
out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition; 
 (3) all distributions and other payments required to be made
to minority interest holders (other than any Parent, the Issuer or any of its respective Subsidiaries) in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition; and 

(4) the deduction of appropriate amounts required to be provided by the seller as a reserve, on the basis of GAAP, against
any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition. 
 “Net Cash Proceeds,” with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees,
underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges actually Incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result of
such issuance or sale (after taking into account any available tax credit or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements). 

“Non-Core Asset” means (i) assets that comprise or consist of the KBTV station, the FOX and Bounce TV affiliate in
Beaumont-Port Arthur, Texas, and (ii) the property that comprise or consist of the WPTY station, the ABC affiliate in Memphis, Tennessee, and the WLMT station, the CW affiliate in Memphis, Tennessee. 

“Non-Guarantor” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor. 

“Note Documents” means the Notes (including Additional Notes), the Guarantees and this Indenture. 

“Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes
shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture. 
 “Offering” means the offering of
the Notes and the application of the proceeds thereof. 
 “Officer” means, with respect to any Person,
(1) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer, any Managing Director, or the Secretary (a) of such Person
or (b) if such Person is owned or managed by a single entity, of such entity, or (2) any other individual designated as an “Officer” for the purposes of this Indenture by the Board of Directors of such Person. 

“Officer’s Certificate” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by one Officer of such Person.

 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. The
counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or its Subsidiaries. 

  
 20 

 “Parent” means Nexstar Broadcasting Group, Inc. and any Person of which the
Issuer at any time is or becomes a subsidiary after the Issue Date and any holding company established by any Permitted Holder for purposes of holding its investment in any Parent. 

“Parent Expenses” means: 
 (1) costs (including all professional fees and expenses) Incurred by any Parent in connection with reporting obligations under or otherwise Incurred in connection with compliance with applicable laws,
rules or regulations of any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory body or stock exchange, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument relating to Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, including in respect of any
reports filed with respect to the Securities Act, Exchange Act or the respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; 
 (2) customary indemnification obligations of any Parent owing to directors, officers, employees or other Persons under its charter or by-laws or pursuant to written agreements with any such Person to the
extent relating to the Issuer and its Subsidiaries; 
 (3) obligations of any Parent in respect of director and
officer insurance (including premiums therefor) to the extent relating to the Issuer and its Subsidiaries; 
 (4)
general corporate overhead expenses, including professional fees and expenses and other operational expenses of any Parent related to the ownership or operation of the business of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and 

(5) expenses Incurred by any Parent in connection with any public offering or other sale of Capital Stock or Indebtedness:

 (x) where the net proceeds of such offering or sale are intended to be received by or contributed to the
Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, 
 (y) in a pro-rated amount of such expenses in proportion to the amount of
such net proceeds intended to be so received or contributed, or 
 (z) otherwise on an interim basis prior to
completion of such offering so long as any Parent shall cause the amount of such expenses to be repaid to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary out of the proceeds of such offering promptly if completed. 

“Pari Passu Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Issuer which ranks equally in right of payment to the Notes or any
Guarantor if such Guarantee ranks equally in right of payment to the Guarantees of the Notes. 
 “Participant”
means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream). 

“Permitted Asset Swap” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of assets used or useful in a Similar Business
or a combination of such assets and cash, Cash Equivalents between the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received in excess of the value of any cash or Cash Equivalents
sold or exchanged must be applied in accordance with Section 4.10 hereof 
 “Permitted Holders” means,
collectively, (1) ABRY, (2) any one or more Persons, together with such Persons’ Affiliates, whose beneficial ownership constitutes or results in a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance
with the requirements of this Indenture, (3) members of management of the Issuer (or its direct or indirect Parents), (4) any Person who is acting as an underwriter in connection with a public or private offering of Capital Stock of any
Parent or the Issuer, acting in such capacity, and (5) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided
that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, ABRY and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of
the Issuer or any of its Parents held by such group. 

  
 21 

 “Permitted Investment” means (in each case, by the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries): 
 (1) Investments in (a) a Restricted Subsidiary (including the Capital Stock of
a Restricted Subsidiary) or the Issuer or (b) a Person (including the Capital Stock of any such Person) that shall, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary; 

(2) Investments in another Person if such Person is engaged in any Similar Business and as a result of such Investment
such other Person is merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets to, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; 

(3) Investments in cash or Cash Equivalents; 

(4) Investments in receivables owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course
of business; 
 (5) Investments in payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the
time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business; 
 (6) Management Advances; 
 (7) Investments received in settlement
of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary, or as a result of
foreclosure, perfection or enforcement of any Lien, or in satisfaction of judgments or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement including upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of a debtor or otherwise with respect to any secured
Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default; 
 (8) Investments made
as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from a sale or other disposition of property or assets, including an Asset Disposition; 
 (9) Investments existing or pursuant to agreements or arrangements in effect on the Issue Date and any modification, replacement, renewal or extension thereof; provided that the amount of any such
Investment may not be increased except (a) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Issue Date or (b) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture; 

(10) Hedging Obligations, which transactions or obligations are Incurred in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof;

 (11) pledges or deposits with respect to leases or utilities provided to third parties in the ordinary course
of business or Liens otherwise described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” or made in connection with Liens permitted under Section 4.12 hereof; 

(12) any Investment to the extent made using Capital Stock of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or Capital Stock
of any Parent as consideration; 
 (13) any transaction to the extent constituting an Investment that is
permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.11(c) hereof (except those described in Section 4.11(c)(1), (3), (6), (7), (8), (11) and (13)); 

(14) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or licenses or
leases of intellectual property, in any case, in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with this Indenture; 

  
 22 

 (15) (i) Guarantees not prohibited by Section 4.09 hereof and (other
than with respect to Indebtedness) guarantees, keepwells and similar arrangements in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) performance guarantees with respect to obligations incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that
are permitted by this Indenture; 
 (16) Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection
with a purchase agreement, or letter of intent, or other acquisitions to the extent not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture; 
 (17) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Issue Date or of an entity merged into the Issuer or merged into or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date to the
extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation; 

(18) Investments consisting of licensing of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other
Persons; 
 (19) contributions to a “rabbi” trust for the benefit of employees or other grantor trust
subject to claims of creditors in the case of a bankruptcy of the Issuer; 
 (20) Investments in joint ventures
and Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (a) $20.0 million and (b) 2.0%
of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); and 

(21) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant
to this clause (21) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (a) $20.0 million and (b) 2.0% of Total Assets (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving
effect to subsequent changes in value) plus the amount of any distributions, dividends, payments or other returns in respect of such Investments (without duplication for purposes of Section 4.07 hereof of any amounts applied pursuant to
Section 4.07(a)(C) hereof); provided that if such Investment is in Capital Stock of a Person that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed permitted under clause (1) or (2) of
this definition and shall not be included as having been made pursuant to this clause (21). 
 “Permitted
Liens” means, with respect to any Person: 
 (1) Liens on assets or property of a Restricted Subsidiary
that is not a Guarantor securing Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor; 
 (2)
pledges, deposits or Liens under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws, social security laws or similar legislation, or insurance related obligations (including pledges or deposits securing liability to insurance carriers
under insurance or self-insurance arrangements), or in connection with bids, tenders, completion guarantees, contracts (other than for borrowed money) or leases, or to secure utilities, licenses, public or statutory obligations, or to secure surety,
indemnity, judgment, appeal or performance bonds, guarantees of government contracts (or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations), or as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, or other
obligations of like nature, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (3) Liens imposed by
law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, landlords’, materialmen’s and repairmen’s or other like Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 60 days or that are bonded or being
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; 
 (4) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental
charges not yet delinquent or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that appropriate reserves required pursuant to GAAP have been made in respect thereof; 

  
 23 

 (5) encumbrances, ground leases, easements (including reciprocal easement
agreements), survey exceptions, or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including minor
defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or to the ownership of their properties which do not in
the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(6) Liens (a) on assets or property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary securing Hedging Obligations or Cash
Management Services permitted under this Indenture; (b) that are contractual rights of set-off or, in the case of clause (i) or (ii) below, other bankers’ Liens (i) relating to treasury, depository and cash management
services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds in the ordinary course of business and not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts to permit satisfaction of overdraft
or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or any Subsidiary or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary
course of business; (c) on cash accounts securing Indebtedness incurred under Section 4.09(b)(8)(c) with financial institutions; (d) encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to
commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practice and not for speculative purposes; and/or (e) (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the
Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection and (ii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) arising in the ordinary course of business in connection
with the maintenance of such accounts and (iii) arising under customary general terms of the account bank in relation to any bank account maintained with such bank and attaching only to such account and the products and proceeds thereof , which
Liens, in any event, do not to secure any Indebtedness; 
 (7) leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of
assets (including real property and intellectual property rights), in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (8) Liens arising out of judgments, decrees, orders or awards not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such
judgment, decree, order or award have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired; 
 (9) Liens on assets or property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of securing Capitalized Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Obligations permitted by Section 4.09(b)(7);
provided that any such Lien may not extend to any assets or property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary other than assets or property acquired, improved, constructed or leased with the proceeds of such Indebtedness and any
improvements or accessions to such assets and property; 
 (10) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code
financing statement filings (or similar filings in other applicable jurisdictions) regarding operating leases entered into by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 

(11) Liens existing on the Issue Date, excluding Liens securing the Credit Agreements; 

(12) Liens on property, other assets or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary (or at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acquires such property, other assets or shares of stock, including any acquisition by means of a merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction with or into the Issuer
or any Restricted Subsidiary); provided, however, that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in anticipation of or in connection with such other Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary (or such acquisition of such property,
other assets or stock); provided, further, that such Liens are limited to all or part of the same property, other assets or stock (plus improvements, accession, proceeds or dividends or distributions in connection with the original
property, other assets or stock) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which such Liens arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate; 

  
 24 

 (13) Liens on assets or property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
securing Indebtedness or other obligations of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary, or Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(14) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance Indebtedness that was previously so secured, and
permitted to be secured under this Indenture; provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or,
under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the Indebtedness being refinanced or is in respect of property that is or could be the security for or subject to a Permitted Lien hereunder; 

(15) (a) mortgages, liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been
placed by any government, statutory or regulatory authority, developer, landlord or other third party on property over which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer has easement rights or on any leased property and subordination or
similar arrangements relating thereto and (b) any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings affecting any real property; 
 (16) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to Capital Stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

 (17) Liens on property or assets under construction (and related rights) in favor of a contractor or developer
or arising from progress or partial payments by a third party relating to such property or assets; 
 (18) Liens
arising out of conditional sale, title retention, hire purchase, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(19) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under Credit Facilities, including any letter of credit facility
relating thereto, that was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(1); 
 (20) Liens Incurred to secure Obligations in respect of any Indebtedness permitted by Section 4.09(b)(7); 
 (21) Liens on Capital Stock or other securities or assets of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary; 

(22) Liens on specific items of inventory of other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s
obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; 

(23) Liens on equipment of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and located on the premises of any client or supplier
in the ordinary course of business; 
 (24) Liens on assets or securities deemed to arise in connection with and
solely as a result of the execution, delivery or performance of contracts to sell such assets or securities if such sale is otherwise permitted by this Indenture; 

(25) Liens arising by operation of law or contract on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof to secure premiums
thereunder, and Liens, pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for premiums or reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the
benefits of) insurance carriers; 

  
 25 

 (26) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made in connection with
any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder; 
 (27) Liens (i) on cash advances in favor
of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Permitted Investments to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment, and (ii) consisting of an agreement to sell any property in an asset sale
permitted under Section 4.10 hereof in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or asset sale, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien; 

(28) Liens securing Indebtedness and other obligations in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $15.0 million at any
one time outstanding; and 
 (29) Liens Incurred to secure Obligations in respect of any Indebtedness permitted
to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof; provided that, with respect to liens securing Obligations permitted under this clause, at the time of Incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated Secured Leverage
Ratio would be no greater than 5.5 to 1.0. 
 For purposes of this definition, the term Indebtedness shall be deemed to include
interest on such Indebtedness including interest which increases the principal amount of such Indebtedness. 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust,
unincorporated organization, limited liability company, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 
 “Preferred Stock,” as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or as
to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person. 
 “Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(1) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions
of this Indenture. 
 “Purchase Money Obligations” means any Indebtedness Incurred to finance or refinance the
acquisition, leasing, construction or improvement of property (real or personal) or assets (including Capital Stock), and whether acquired through the direct acquisition of such property or assets or the acquisition of the Capital Stock of any
Person owning such property or assets, or otherwise. 
 “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer”
as defined in Rule 144A. 
 “Rating Agency” means (1) each of Moody’s and S&P and
(2) if Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the Notes for reasons outside of the Issuer’s control, a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization selected by the Issuer or any parent of the Issuer as a replacement agency for
Moody’s or S&P, as the case may be. 
 “Ratings Decline Period” means the period that (i) begins
on the earlier of (a) a Change of Control or (b) the first public notice of the intention by the Issuer to affect a Change of Control and (ii) ends 60 days following the consummation of such Change of Control; provided, that
such period shall be extended so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for a possible downgrade by any of the Rating Agencies. 
 “Ratings Event” means (x) a downgrade by one or more gradations (including gradations within ratings categories as well as between categories) or withdrawal of the rating of the
Notes within the Ratings Decline Period by one or more Rating Agencies if the applicable Rating Agency shall have put forth a statement to the effect that such downgrade is attributable in whole or in part to the applicable Change of Control and
(y) the Notes do not have an Investment Grade Status from either Rating Agency. 
 “Refinance” means
refinance, refund, replace, renew, repay, modify, restate, defer, substitute, supplement, reissue, resell, extend or increase (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) and the terms “refinances,”
“refinanced” and “refinancing” as used for any purpose in this Indenture shall have a correlative meaning. 

  
 26 

 “Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refund,
refinance, replace, exchange, renew, repay or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) any Indebtedness existing on the date of this Indenture or Incurred in compliance with this Indenture (including Indebtedness of the
Issuer that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing
Indebtedness; provided, however, that: 
 (1) if the Indebtedness being refinanced constitutes
Subordinated Indebtedness, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a final Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is the same as or greater than the final Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the
Indebtedness being refinanced or, if less, the Notes and such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;
and 
 (2) shall not include: 

(a) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock a Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Guarantor that
refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Guarantor; or 
 (b)
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any Credit Facility or any other Indebtedness may be Incurred from time to time after the
termination, discharge or repayment of any such Credit Facility or other Indebtedness. 
 “Registration Rights
Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement dated the Issue Date, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers. 
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Regulation S-X” means Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Regulation S Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or
on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Regulation S. 

“Related Taxes” means, without duplication: 

(1) any Taxes, including sales, use, transfer, rental, ad valorem, value added, stamp, property, consumption, franchise,
license, capital, registration, business, customs, net worth, gross receipts, excise, occupancy, intangibles or similar Taxes (other than (x) Taxes measured by income and (y) withholding imposed on payments made by any Parent), required to
be paid (provided such Taxes are in fact paid) by any Parent by virtue of its: 
 (a) being organized or
having Capital Stock outstanding (but not by virtue of owning stock or other equity interests of any corporation or other entity other than, directly or indirectly, the Issuer or any of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries); 

(b) being a holding company parent, directly or indirectly, of the Issuer or any of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries;

 (c) receiving dividends from or other distributions in respect of the Capital Stock of, directly or
indirectly, the Issuer or any of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries; or 
 (d) having made any payment in respect to
any of the items for which the Issuer is permitted to make payments to any Parent pursuant to Section 4.07 hereof; 

  
 27 

 (2) if and for so long as the Issuer is a member of a group filing a
consolidated, unitary or combined tax return with any Parent, any Taxes measured by income for which such Parent is liable up to an amount not to exceed with respect to such Taxes the amount of any such Taxes that the Issuer and its Subsidiaries
would have been required to pay on a separate company basis or on a consolidated basis if the Issuer and its Subsidiaries had paid tax on a consolidated, combined, group, affiliated or unitary basis on behalf of an affiliated group consisting only
of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries; and 
 (3) for any taxable period (or portion thereof corresponding to a
period used for computing estimated tax of a calendar year corporation) ending after the Issue Date for which the Issuer is a partnership or disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, tax distributions (in the case of an estimated tax
period, prior to the related due date) to the owner or owners of equity of the Issuer in an aggregate amount equal to the product of (i) the Issuer’s “taxable income” (in the case of a disregarded entity, computed as if such
entity were a partnership) for such period (or portion thereof), reduced by the cumulative net taxable loss of the Issuer for all prior periods ending after the Issue Date (determined as if all such prior periods were one taxable period) to the
extent such loss is of a character that would permit such loss to be deducted against the current period’s income, and (ii) the highest combined marginal federal, state and/or local income tax rate applicable to any direct or (through a
partnership or other pass-through entity) indirect equity holder of the Issuer for such period (taking into account (x) the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes and (y) the character (e.g.,
long-term or short-term capital gain or ordinary or exempt) of the applicable income), as properly adjusted to reflect the final determination of any previously estimated taxable income or loss. 

“Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust
Administration of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee), including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those
performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who
shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture. 
 “Restricted Definitive Note”
means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 
 “Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note
bearing the Private Placement Legend. 
 “Restricted Investment” means any Investment other than a Permitted
Investment. 
 “Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

 “Restricted Subsidiary” means (a) any Subsidiary of the Issuer other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary
and (b) the Mission Entities other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 “Rule 144” means Rule 144
promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities
Act. 
 “Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Investors Ratings Services or any of its successors or assigns that is a
Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization. 
 “Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any
arrangement providing for the leasing by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third
Person in contemplation of such leasing. 

  
 28 

 “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor
thereto. 
 “Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien. 

“Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated
thereunder, as amended. 
 “Shelf Registration Statement” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in
the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a
“significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date. 
 “Similar Business” means (a) any businesses, services or activities engaged in by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date and (b) any businesses, services and
activities engaged in by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries that are related, complementary, incidental, ancillary or similar to any of the foregoing or are extensions or developments of any thereof. 

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which
the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally
scheduled for the payment thereof. 
 “Subordinated Indebtedness” means, with respect to any person, any
Indebtedness (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) which is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes pursuant to a written agreement. 
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person: 

(1) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability
company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time
of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; or 

(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which: 

(a) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited
partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited
partnership interests or otherwise; and 
 (b) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling
general partner or otherwise controls such entity. 
 “Supplemental Indenture” means a supplemental indenture
substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto. 
 “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15
U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA. 

“Trustee” means the party named as such above until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions
of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 
 “Taxes” means all present and future
taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, duties and withholdings and any charges of a similar nature (including interest, penalties and other liabilities with respect thereto) that are imposed by any government or other taxing authority.

  
 29 

 “Total Assets” mean, as of any date, the total consolidated assets of the
Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a pro forma basis in a manner consistent with the pro forma
basis contained in the definition of Leverage Ratio. 
 “Transactions” means, the acquisition of certain
television station assets and Inergize Digital media operations from Newport Television LLC and Newport Television License LLC by the Issuer and Mission, the repurchase, acquisition for value or other distribution or transfer of any or all of the
2014 Notes to the Issuer for retirement or cancellation, the entry into the Credit Agreements and application of the proceeds thereof and the Offering. 
 “Treasury Rate” means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal
Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days (but not more than five Business Days) prior to the redemption date (or, if such statistical release is not so published or available, any
publicly available source of similar market data selected by the Issuer in good faith)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to November 15, 2015; provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date
to November 15, 2015 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a
year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the redemption date to such applicable date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded
United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used. 
 “Unrestricted Definitive
Note” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend. 

“Unrestricted Global Note” means a permanent global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached
hereto that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing a
series of Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means: 

(1) any Subsidiary of the Issuer or any of the Mission Entities that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted
Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors of the Issuer in the manner provided below); and 
 (2) any
Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer or
any of the Mission Entities, respectively, (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary or a Person becoming a Subsidiary through merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction, or Investment therein) to be an
Unrestricted Subsidiary only if: 
 (1) such Subsidiary or any of the Mission Entities, respectively, or any of
their Subsidiaries does not own any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of, or own or hold any Lien on any property of, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer which is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or otherwise an
Unrestricted Subsidiary; and 
 (2) such designation and the Investment of the Issuer in such Subsidiary complies
with Section 4.07 hereof. 
 “U.S. Government Obligations” means securities that are (1) direct
obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of
America the timely payment of which is unconditionally Guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also
include a depositary 

  
 30 

 
receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligations or a specific payment of principal of or
interest on any such U.S. Government Obligations held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt, provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount
payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Obligations evidenced by such
depositary receipt. 
 “Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then
outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors. 
 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity”
means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing: 
 (i) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with
respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by 
 (ii) the
sum of all such payments. 
 “Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiary” means a Domestic Subsidiary of the Issuer, all
of the Capital Stock of which is owned by the Issuer or a Guarantor. 
  

	 	Section 1.02	Other Definitions. 

  

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined in Section

	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.11
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	3.09
	 “Asset Disposition Offer”
	  	4.10
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	2.02
	 “bankruptcy provisions”
	  	6.01
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	4.14
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	4.14
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	4.14
	 “cross acceleration provision”
	  	6.01
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	8.03
	 “DTC”
	  	2.03
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	4.10
	 “Incurrence Notice”
	  	           4.09(b)(14)
	 “Initial Agreement”
	  	           4.08(b)(14)
	 “Initial Lien”
	  	4.12
	 “judgment default provision”
	  	6.01
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	8.02
	 “Offer Amount”
	  	3.09
	 “Offer Period”
	  	3.09
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.03
	 “payment default”
	  	6.01
	 “Permitted Payments”
	  	4.07
	 “Purchase Date”
	  	3.09
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.03
	 “Reversion Date”
	  	4.20
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	4.07
	 “successor company”
	  	5.01
	 “Surviving Entity”
	  	5.01
	 “Suspended Covenants”
	  	4.20
	 “Suspension Period”
	  	4.20

  
 31 

	 	Section 1.03	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 

 Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. 

The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 

“indenture securities” means the Notes; 
 “indenture security holder” means a Holder of a Note; 
 “indenture
to be qualified” means this Indenture; 
 “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the
Trustee; and 
 “obligor” on the Notes means the Issuer and any Guarantor, respectively, and any successor obligor
upon the Notes, respectively. 
 All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to
another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them. 
  

	 	Section 1.04	Rules of Construction. 

Unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (a) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 
 (b) an accounting term not otherwise
defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 
 (c) “or” is not exclusive; 

(d) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 

(e) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and 
 (f) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time. 

ARTICLE 2 
 THE NOTES 
  

	 	Section 2.01	Form and Dating. 

 (a)
General. Subject to Section 4.09 hereof, the aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof will be in an aggregate principal
amount of $250,000,000. In addition, the Issuer may issue, from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, Additional Notes (as provided herein). The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be
substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in minimum
denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. 
 The terms and provisions contained in the Notes
shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuer, each Guarantor and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.
However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 

  
 32 

 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Issuer may not issue any
Additional Notes, unless such issuance is otherwise in compliance with this Indenture. 
 With respect to any Additional Notes,
the Issuer shall set forth in (1) a Board Resolution and (2) (i) an Officer’s Certificate and (ii) one or more indentures supplemental hereto, the following information: 

(1) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture;

 (2) the issue price and the issue date of such Additional Notes, including the date from which interest shall
accrue; and 
 (3) whether such Additional Notes shall be Restricted Notes. 

In authenticating and delivering Additional Notes, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and shall be fully protected in relying upon,
in addition to the Opinion of Counsel and Officer’s Certificate required by Section 12.04, an Opinion of Counsel as to the due authorization, execution, delivery, validity and enforceability of such Additional Notes. 

The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes shall be considered collectively as a single class for all other purposes of this Indenture
and Holders of the Initial Notes and the Additional Notes will vote and consent together on all matters to which such Holders are entitled to vote or consent as one class, and none of the Holders of the Initial Notes or the Additional Notes shall
have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter to which such Holders are entitled to vote or consent; provided, however that to the extent required by applicable tax regulations, Additional Notes that are issued
with a certain amount of original issue discount may if so specified in the relevant indenture supplemental, (i) not trade fungibly with the Notes, (ii) trade under a separate CUSIP number and (iii) be treated as a separate class for
purposes of transfer and exchange. 
 If any of the terms of any Additional Notes are established by action taken pursuant to
Board Resolutions of the Issuer, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officer’s Certificate
or the indenture supplemental hereto setting forth the terms of the Additional Notes. 
 (b) Global Notes. Notes issued
in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in
definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global
Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal
amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate
principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

 (c) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear
System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial
interests in the Regulation S Global Note that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream. 
  

	 	Section 2.02	Execution and Authentication. 

 (a) Two Officers shall execute the Notes for the Issuer, each by manual or facsimile signature. 

  
 33 

 (b) If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a
Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid. 
 (c) A Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this
Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated substantially in the form provided for in Exhibit A attached hereto, by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has
been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. 
 (d) The Trustee shall, upon a written order of the Issuer signed
by two Officers of each of the Issuer (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes for original issue, of which $250,000,000 shall be issued on the date of this Indenture. All Notes shall be dated the date of their
authentication. 
 (e) The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. An
authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with
Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer. 
  

	 	Section 2.03	Registrar and Paying Agent. 

 (a) The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be
presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term
“Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in
writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. Either the Issuer or any of their Subsidiaries may act
as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
 (b) The Issuer initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act
as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. 
 (c) The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and
Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. 
  

	 	Section 2.04	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 

 The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent
for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require
a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary)
shall have no further liability for the money. If the Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or
reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuer, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 
  

	 	Section 2.05	Holder Lists. 

 The
Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the
Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the
names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Issuer shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). 

  
 34 

	 	Section 2.06	Transfer and Exchange. 

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of
the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes shall be
exchanged by the Issuer for Definitive Notes if (i) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the
Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary or (ii) the Issuer in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but
not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee. Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in (i) or (ii) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names
as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Section 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this
Section 2.06(a), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Sections 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof. 
 (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance
with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act.
Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either Section 2.06(b)(1) or (2) hereof, as applicable, as well as one or more of Sections 2.06(b)(1) or (2) hereof, as applicable: 

(1) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note
may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however,
that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial
interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the
Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(1). 
 (2) All Other Transfers and
Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(7) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the
Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in
another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited
with such increase or (B) both (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an
amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect
the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note prior to the expiration of the Restricted
Period; provided, further, that in no event shall a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note be credited, or an Unrestricted Definitive Note be issued, to a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer.
Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(2) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained
in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this
Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof. 

  
 35 

 (3) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global
Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of
Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the transferee will take
delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or 

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the
transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof. 
 (4) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged
by any Holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the
requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the
Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of
Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer; 

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights
Agreement; 
 (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following:

 (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial
interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or 

(2) if the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to
a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 and, in each such case set forth in this Section 2.06(b)(4)(D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable
Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the
Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 If any such transfer
is effected pursuant to this Section 2.06(b)(4) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee
shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to this Section 2.06(b)(4). 

  
 36 

 Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred
to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 
 (c) Transfer or
Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes. 
 (1) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global
Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes
delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in
the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof; 
 (B) if such
beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with
Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 

(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 

(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the
effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 
 (F)
if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

 the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to
Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a
beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the
Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a
beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(1) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein. 

(2) Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Global Note to Definitive Notes. Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(i)(A)
and (C), a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period except
in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904. 
 (3) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an
Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if: 

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights
Agreement and the Holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person
participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer; 

  
 37 

 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement
in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer
pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 

(D) the Registrar receives the following: 

(I) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest
for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or 

(II) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest
to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note that does not bear the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(4) thereof; 
 and, in each such case set forth in this Section 2.06(c)(3)(D), if the Registrar so requests or if the
Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and
in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

(4) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon
satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuer shall
execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this
Section 2.06(c)(4) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the
Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this
Section 2.06(c)(4) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 (d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for
Beneficial Interests. 
 (1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global
Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of
Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof; 

  
 38 

 (B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in
accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance
with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 

(D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements
of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 

(E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Issuer or any of their Subsidiaries, a certificate
substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 
 (F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 
 the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or
cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note and in the case of clause (C) above, the
Regulation S Global Note. 
 (2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global
Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the
Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer,
(2) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer; 
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 

(C) such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with
the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 

(i) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted
Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or 
 (ii) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate
from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this Section 2.06(d)(2)(D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so
require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement
Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

  
 39 

 Upon satisfaction of the conditions of this Section 2.06(d)(2), the Trustee shall
cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. 
 (3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the
Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes. 
 If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to Section 2.06(d)(2) or (3) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet
been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the
principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred. 
 (e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive
Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of
transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by
its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e).

 (1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be
transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 

(A) if the transfer will be made to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, then the transferor must
deliver a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(2) thereof; and 
 (C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

 (2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be
exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if: 

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights
Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the
Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer; 
 (B) any
such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 

  
 40 

 (C) any such transfer is effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the
Registrar receives the following: 
 (1) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange
such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or 

(2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery
thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this Section 2.06(e)(2)(D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form
reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order
to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 (3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted
Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall
register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof. 
 (f) Exchange Offer.
Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or
more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that
(x) they are not broker-dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuer, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and
(ii) Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the
aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted
Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount. 
 (g) Legends. The following legends shall appear on the face of
all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 
 (1) Private Placement Legend. 
 (A) Except as permitted by
Section 2.06(g)(1)(B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution therefor) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form: 

“THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5
OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM.
EACH PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY
AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF NEXSTAR BROADCASTING, INC. THAT (A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (i) (a) TO A PERSON WHO IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT) IN A 

  
 41 

 
TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (b) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A NON-U.S. PERSON
IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (d) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF NEXSTAR BROADCASTING,
INC. SO REQUESTS), (ii) TO NEXSTAR BROADCASTING, INC., OR (iii) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE
JURISDICTION, AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER FROM IT OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN CLAUSE (A) ABOVE. NO REPRESENTATION CAN BE MADE AS TO
THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 FOR RESALE OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY.” 
 (B)
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to Section 2.06(b)(4), (c)(3), (c)(4), (d)(2), (d)(3), (e)(2), (e)(3) or (f) (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not
bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 (2) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note shall bear a legend in
substantially the following form: 
 “THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING
THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 2.06(h) OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF NEXSTAR BROADCASTING, INC. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE
FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A
SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”) TO NEXSTAR BROADCASTING,
INC. OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE
TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF,
CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.” 
 (h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as
all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and
canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary
at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other
Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 

  
 42 

 (i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges. 

(1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global
Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request. 
 (2) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require
payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.02,
2.06, 2.07, 2.10, 3.09, 4.10, and 9.05 hereof). 
 (3) The Registrar shall not be required to register the
transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
 (4) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt,
and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 
 (5) The Issuer shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of
Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed
portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date. 

(6) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may
deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the
Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 (7) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of
Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile. 
  

	 	Section 2.07	Replacement Notes. 

 (a)
If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Issuer and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the ownership and destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and
the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note. 

(b) Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuer and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture
equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 
  

	 	Section 2.08	Outstanding Notes. 

 (a)
The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the

  
 43 

 
Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be
outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07(b) hereof. 

(b) If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof
satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. 
 (c) If the principal amount of any Note is
considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue. 
 (d) If the
Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no
longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest. 
  

	 	Section 2.09	Treasury Notes. 

 In
determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect
common control with the Issuer, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible
Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. 
  

	 	Section 2.10	Temporary Notes. 

 (a)
Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated
Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in
exchange for temporary Notes. 
 (b) Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

  

	 	Section 2.11	Cancellation. 

 The Issuer
at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all
Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of such cancelled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act) in its customary manner. Certification of the
disposal of all cancelled Notes shall be delivered to the Issuer upon its request therefor. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 

 

	 	Section 2.12	Defaulted Interest. 

 If
the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, the Issuer shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent
special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed
payment. The Issuer shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15
days before the special record date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) shall mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the
related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. 

  
 44 

	 	Section 2.13	CUSIP Numbers. 

 The
Issuer in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may
state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and
any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer shall as promptly as practicable notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the “CUSIP” numbers. 

ARTICLE 3 
 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT 
  

	 	Section 3.01	Notices to Trustee. 

 If
the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate setting
forth (i) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price. 

 

	 	Section 3.02	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased. 

 (a) If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes for redemption in compliance with the requirements of the principal securities exchange, if any, on
which the Notes are listed, as certified to the Trustee by the Issuer, and in compliance with the requirements of DTC, or if the Notes are not so listed or such exchange prescribes no method of selection and the Notes are not held through DTC or DTC
prescribes no method of selection, on a pro rata basis; provided, however, that no Note of $2,000 in aggregate principal amount or less shall be redeemed in part. 

(b) If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note shall state the portion of the
principal amount thereof to be redeemed, in which case a portion of the original Note shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. In the case of a Global Note, an appropriate notation shall be made on
such Note to decrease the principal amount thereof to an amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof. Subject to the terms of the applicable redemption notice (including any conditions contained therein), Notes called for redemption become due on
the date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption. 

 

	 	Section 3.03	Notice of Redemption. 

Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof, notices of redemption shall be delivered electronically or mailed by first class
mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, except that
redemption notices may be delivered electronically or mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a legal defeasance or covenant defeasance of the Notes pursuant to Article 8 hereof or a
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Article 11 hereof. 
 The notice shall identify the Notes to be
redeemed and shall state: 
 (a) the redemption date; 
 (b) the redemption price; 
 (c) if any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the
portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the original
Note; 

  
 45 

 (d) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

(e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 

(f) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes or the portion of Notes called for redemption
ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 
 (g) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant
to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and 
 (h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or
accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes. 
 At the Issuer’s request, the
Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the redemption date, an Officers’
Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph of this Section 3.03. Notwithstanding the foregoing, notice of redemption may be
mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes pursuant to Article 8 hereof or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Article 13 hereof. 

 

	 	Section 3.04	Effect of Notice of Redemption. 

 Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. The notice,
if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note
designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Subject to Section 3.05, on and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions
thereof called for redemption. 
  

	 	Section 3.05	Deposit of Redemption Price. 

 One Business Day prior to the redemption or purchase date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued and
unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the
Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased. 
 If the Issuer complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph of this Section 3.05, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions
of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note
was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph of
this Section 3.05, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided
in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. 
  

	 	Section 3.06	Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part. 

 Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount
to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed or purchased; provided that each new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of
$1,000 in 

  
 46 

 
excess thereof. It is understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, only an Authentication Order and not an Opinion of Counsel or Officers’ Certificate is
required for the Trustee to authenticate such new Note. 
  

	 	Section 3.07	Optional Redemption. 

 (a)
Except as set forth in Section 3.07(b), (c) or (d), the Notes are not redeemable at the option of the Issuer. 
 (b)
At any time prior to November 15, 2015, the Issuer may redeem the Notes in whole or in part, at its option, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Notes
plus the relevant Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the redemption date. 
 (c) At any time and from time to time on or after November 15, 2015, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption
price equal to the percentage of principal amount set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to the applicable date of redemption, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on November 15 of the
year indicated below: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2015
	  	 	105.156	% 
	 2016
	  	 	103.438	% 
	 2017
	  	 	101.719	% 
	 2018 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (d) At any time and from time to time prior to November 15, 2015, the Issuer may redeem Notes with
the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer from any Equity Offering at a redemption price equal to 106.875% plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, in an aggregate principal amount for all such redemptions not to exceed 35% of the
original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes), provided that 
 (1) in
each case the redemption takes place not later than 90 days after the closing of the related Equity Offering; and 
 (2) not less than 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under this Indenture (including any Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately thereafter (excluding Notes held
by the Issuer, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the Mission Entities). 
 (e) Any redemption and notice of redemption
pursuant to this Section 3.07 may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent (including, in the case of a redemption related to an Equity Offering, the consummation of such Equity
Offering). 
 (f) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of
Section 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
  

	 	Section 3.08	Mandatory Redemption. 

The Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 

 

	 	Section 3.09	Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds. 

 In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Issuer shall be required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes (an “Asset Sale Offer”), it shall follow the
procedures specified below. 
 The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its
commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase
Date”), the Issuer shall purchase the 

  
 47 

 
principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof (the “Offer Amount”) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes
tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. 
 If the Purchase Date is on or after a record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the
close of business on such record date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. 
 Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer shall send, by first class mail or deliver electronically, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice
shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer,
shall state: 
 (a) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and
Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain open; 
 (b) the Offer Amount,
the purchase price and the Purchase Date; 
 (c) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall
continue to accrete or accrue interest; 
 (d) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such payment, any Note
accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrete or accrue interest after the Purchase Date; 
 (e) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in principal amounts of $2,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof;

 (f) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to
surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Issuer, a depositary, if appointed by the Issuer, or a Paying Agent at the
address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date; 
 (g) that Holders shall be
entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the
Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 

(h) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Issuer shall
select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Issuer so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, shall be purchased); and

 (i) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount
to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer). 
 On or before the Purchase Date,
the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all
Notes tendered, and shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Issuer in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. The Issuer, the Depositary or
the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted
by the Issuer for purchase, and the Issuer shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Issuer shall authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased
portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Purchase Date. 

  
 48 

 Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase pursuant to this
Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
 ARTICLE 4

 COVENANTS 
  

	 	Section 4.01	Payment of Notes. 

 The
Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying
Agent, if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and
interest then due. The Issuer shall pay all Additional Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then-applicable
interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest (without regard to any applicable
grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
  

	 	Section 4.02	Maintenance of Office or Agency. 

 The Issuer shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where
Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the
location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders,
notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 
 The Issuer may also from time to time
designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission
shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York for such purposes. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or
rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 
 The Issuer hereby designates the Corporate
Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof. 
  

	 	Section 4.03	Reports. 

 (a) Whether the
Issuer is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee: 

(1) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, annual reports of the Issuer containing substantially all of the
financial information that would have been required to be contained in an Annual Report on Form 10-K under the Exchange Act if the Issuer had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act (but only to the extent similar information is included in
the offering memorandum relating to the issuance of the Notes), including (A) “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and (B) audited financial statements prepared in
accordance with GAAP; 

  
 49 

 (2) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters
of each fiscal year, quarterly reports of the Issuer containing substantially all of the financial information that would have been required to be contained in a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q under the Exchange Act if the Issuer had been a reporting
company under the Exchange Act (but only to the extent similar information is provided in the offering memorandum relating to the issuance of the Notes), including (A) “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations,” and (B) unaudited quarterly financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP; and 
 (3) within the time periods specified for filing Current Reports on Form 8-K after the occurrence of each event that would have been required to be reported in a Current Report on Form 8-K under the
Exchange Act if the Issuer had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act, current reports containing substantially all of the information that would have been required to be contained in a Current Report on Form 8-K under the Exchange Act if
the Issuer had been a reporting company under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that no such current report shall be required to be furnished if the Issuer determines in its good faith judgment that such event is not material to
noteholders or the business, assets, operations, financial positions or prospects of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; provided, however, that such reports (A) shall not be required to comply with
Section 302 or Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or related Items 307 and 308 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC, or Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K (with respect to any non-GAAP financial measures contained therein)
and (B) shall not be required to contain the separate financial information for Guarantors contemplated by Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X. 
 (b) At any time that any of the Subsidiaries of the Issuer are Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual reports required by Section 4.03(a) shall include a reasonably detailed
presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” or other comparable section, of the financial
condition and results of operations of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer. 

(c) In addition, the Issuer shall furnish to noteholders, prospective investors, broker-dealers and securities analysts, upon their
request, any information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act so long as the Notes are not freely transferable under the Securities Act. 

(d) Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt
of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuer’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled
to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates). 
 (e) In the event that any Parent of the Issuer becomes a guarantor of
the Notes, the Issuer may satisfy its obligations in Section 4.03(a) with respect to financial information relating to the Issuer by furnishing financial information relating to such Parent; provided that the same is accompanied by
consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such Parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the
other hand. 
 (f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above, if the Issuer or any Parent of the Issuer has
furnished the Holders of Notes and filed with the SEC the reports described in Section 4.03(a) with respect to the Issuer or any Parent of the Issuer (including any consolidated financial information required by Regulation S-X relating to the
Issuer), the Issuer shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions of this Section 4.03. 
  

	 	Section 4.04	Compliance Certificate. 

(a) The Issuer and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the TIA) shall deliver to the Trustee, within
120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a
view to determining whether the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Issuer has
kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant 

  
 50 

 
contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall
have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred
and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take
with respect thereto. 
 (b) The Issuer shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, within 30
days after the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 

 

	 	Section 4.05	Taxes. 

 The Issuer shall
pay, and shall cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect
such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 
  

	 	Section 4.06	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 

 The Issuer and each Guarantor covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of,
any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and each Guarantor (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby
expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of
every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 
  

	 	Section 4.07	Limitation on Restricted Payments. 

 (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to: 
 (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on or in respect of the Issuer’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock (including, without limitation, any payment in connection
with any merger or consolidation involving the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) except: 
 (A)
dividends or distributions payable in Capital Stock of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Capital Stock of the Issuer; and 

(B) dividends or distributions payable to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (and, in the case of any such Restricted
Subsidiary (other than a Mission Entity) making such dividend or distribution, to holders of its Capital Stock other than the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary on no more than a pro rata basis); 

(2) purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any Capital Stock of the Issuer or any Parent of the Issuer
held by Persons other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (3) purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or
otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (a) any such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition
or retirement in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case, due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement and
(b) any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(3) hereof; or 
 (4) make any Restricted
Investment; 

  
 51 

 (any such dividend, distribution, purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, other acquisition,
retirement or Restricted Investment referred to in clauses (1) through (4) are referred to herein as a “Restricted Payment”), if at the time the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment:

 (A) a Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result immediately thereafter therefrom); 

(B) the Issuer is not able to Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof after giving effect, on a
pro forma basis, to such Restricted Payment; or 
 (C) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other
Restricted Payments made subsequent to April 19, 2010 (and not returned or rescinded) (including Permitted Payments permitted by Section 4.07(b)(1)(b), (6) and (16), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by
Section 4.07(b)) would exceed the sum of (without duplication): 
 (i) 100% of Consolidated EBITDA for the period (treated
as one accounting period) from April 1, 2010 to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for which internal consolidated financial statements of the Issuer are available (or, in the case such
Consolidated EBITDA for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit) less 1.4 times Fixed Charges for the same period; 

(ii) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds, and the fair market value of property or assets or marketable securities, received by the
Issuer or Mission from the issue or sale of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) subsequent to the Issue Date or otherwise contributed to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or Mission
subsequent to April 19, 2010 (other than (x) Net Cash Proceeds or property or assets or marketable securities received from an issuance or sale of such Capital Stock to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust
established by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer for the benefit of its employees to the extent funded by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, (y) Net Cash Proceeds or property or assets or marketable securities to the extent that
any Restricted Payment has been made from such proceeds in reliance on Section 4.07(b)(6) and (z) Excluded Contributions); 
 (iii) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds, and the fair market value of property or assets or marketable securities, received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from the issuance or sale
(other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary) by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary subsequent to April 19, 2010 of any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock that has been converted into or exchanged for Capital Stock of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock)
plus, without duplication, the amount of any cash, and the fair market value of property or assets or marketable securities, received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary upon such conversion or exchange; 

(iv) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, of marketable
securities or other property received by means of: (i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and
redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each
case after April 19, 2010; or (ii) the sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent of the
amount of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(14) hereof or to the extent of the amount of the Investment that constituted a Permitted Investment) or a
dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date; 

  
 52 

 (v) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted
Subsidiary or the merger or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary after
the Issue Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary (or the assets transferred), as determined in good faith of the Issuer at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted
Subsidiary or at the time of such merger or consolidation or transfer of assets (after taking into consideration any Indebtedness associated with the Unrestricted Subsidiary so designated or merged or consolidated or Indebtedness associated with the
assets so transferred), other than to the extent of the amount of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(14) hereof or to the extent of the amount of the
Investment that constituted a Permitted Investment; and 
 (vi) $50.0 million. 

(b) The foregoing provisions shall not prohibit any of the following (collectively, “Permitted Payments”): 

(1) (a) the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date
of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture or (b) the redemption, repurchase or retirement of Indebtedness if, at the date of any irrevocable redemption notice, such payment would have complied with
the provisions of this Indenture; 
 (2) the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the net
cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital to
the Issuer; provided, that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment shall be excluded from Section 4.07(a)(C)(ii) hereof; 

(3) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness made
by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof; 

(4) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Preferred Stock of the Issuer
or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Preferred Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that, in each case, is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to
Section 4.09 hereof; 
 (5) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or
retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary: 

(A) from Net Available Cash to the extent permitted under Section 4.10 hereof, but only if the Issuer shall have
first complied with the terms described under Section 4.10 hereof and purchased all Notes tendered pursuant to any offer to repurchase all the Notes required thereby, prior to purchasing, repurchasing, redeeming, defeasing or otherwise
acquiring or retiring such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; or 
 (B) to the
extent required by the agreement governing such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, following the occurrence of a Change of Control (or other similar event described in Section 4.14 hereof as a “change of
control”), but only if the Issuer shall have first complied with the terms described under Section 4.15 hereof and purchased all Notes tendered pursuant to the offer to repurchase all the Notes required thereby, prior to purchasing,
repurchasing, redeeming, defeasing or otherwise acquiring or retiring such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; or 
 (C) consisting of Acquired Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness Incurred (A) to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate the transaction or series of related

  
 53 

 
transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) otherwise in connection with or
contemplation of such acquisition); 
 (6) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other
acquisition or retirement for value of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any of its Parents held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its
Parents (or permitted transferees, assigns, estates, trusts or heirs of such employee, director or consultant) either pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or upon
the termination of such employee, director or consultant’s employment or directorship; provided, however, that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this Section 4.07(b)(6) do not exceed $4.0 million in any calendar
year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum of $8.0 million in any calendar year); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an
amount not to exceed: 
 (A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of
the Issuer and, to the extent contributed to the capital of the Issuer (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or an Excluded Contribution), Capital Stock of any of the Issuer’s Parents, in each case to members of management,
directors or consultants of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its Parents that occurred after the Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Capital Stock have not otherwise been applied to the payment of
Restricted Payments by virtue of Section 4.07(a)(C); plus 
 (B) the cash proceeds of key man life
insurance policies received by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less 
 (C) the
amount of any Restricted Payments made in previous calendar years pursuant to Sections 4.07(b)(6)(A) or (B) hereof; 
 and
provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from members of management, directors, employees or consultants of the Issuer or any of its Parents or Restricted Subsidiaries in
connection with a repurchase of Capital Stock of the Issuer or any of its Parents shall not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 4.07 or any other provision of this Indenture; 

(7) the declaration and payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock, or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary,
Incurred in accordance with Section 4.09 hereof; 
 (8) purchases, repurchases, redemptions, defeasances or
other acquisitions or retirements of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price thereof; 

(9) dividends, loans, advances or distributions to any Parent or other payments by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
in amounts equal to (without duplication) the amounts required for any Parent to pay any Parent Expenses or any Related Taxes; 
 (10) payments by the Issuer, or loans, advances, dividends or distributions to any Parent to make payments, to holders of Capital Stock of the Issuer or any Parent in lieu of the issuance of fractional
shares of such Capital Stock, provided, however, that any such payment, loan, advance, dividend or distribution shall not be for the purpose of evading any limitation of this Section 4.07 or otherwise to facilitate any dividend or
other return of capital to the holders of such Capital Stock (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors); 
 (11) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions; 

  
 54 

 (12) dividends or other distributions of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness
owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (unless the Unrestricted Subsidiary’s principal asset is cash and Cash Equivalents); 

(13) any Restricted Payment made in connection with the Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto;

 (14) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (or would result from),
Restricted Payments (including loans or advances) in an aggregate amount outstanding at the time made not to exceed $20.0 million; 
 (15) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (or would result therefrom), mandatory redemptions of Disqualified Stock issued as a Restricted Payment or as consideration
for a Permitted Investment; and 
 (16) dividends or other distributions by the Issuer in an amount per fiscal
quarter not to exceed $0.15 per share of common stock of Parent (as such amount shall be appropriately adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits, stock consolidations or other similar transactions). 

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the foregoing, no Mission Entity shall make a Restricted Payment (other than Restricted Investments) to
any person other than the Issuer or a Guarantor. 
 (d) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.07, in
the event that a Restricted Payment meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Payments described in Section 4.07(b)(1) through (16), or is permitted pursuant to Section 4.07(a), the Issuer shall be entitled to
classify such Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) on the date of its payment or later reclassify such Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.07. 

(e) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the date of such Restricted Payment of the
asset(s) or securities proposed to be paid, transferred or issued by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any cash Restricted Payment shall be their face amount,
and the fair market value of any non-cash Restricted Payment, property or assets other than cash shall be determined conclusively by the Board of Directors of the Issuer acting in good faith. 

 

	 	Section 4.08	Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries. 

 (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the
ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 
 (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions in cash or
otherwise on its Capital Stock or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (2) make any loans or advances to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; or 
 (3) sell, lease or transfer any of its property or assets to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 provided that (x) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common stock and
(y) the subordination of (including the application of any standstill requirements to) loans or advances made to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be
deemed to constitute such an encumbrance or restriction. 

  
 55 

 (b) The provisions of Section 4.08(a) shall not prohibit: 

(1) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to (a) any Credit Facility and the 2017 Notes or (b) any other
agreement or instrument, in each case, in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date (or otherwise required as of the Issue Date); 
 (2) this Indenture, the Notes, the Exchange Notes and the Guarantees of the Notes; 
 (3) encumbrances or restrictions arising or existing by reason of applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order, or required by any regulatory authority; 

(4) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement or instrument of a Person or relating to any Capital Stock or
Indebtedness of a Person, entered into on or before the date on which such Person was acquired by or merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, or was designated as a Restricted Subsidiary or on
which such agreement or instrument is assumed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets (other than Capital Stock or Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the
funds utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by the Issuer or was merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into the Issuer or
any Restricted Subsidiary or entered into in contemplation of or in connection with such transaction) and outstanding on such date; provided that, for the purposes of this clause, if another Person is the Successor Company, any Subsidiary
thereof or agreement or instrument of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired or assumed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary when such Person becomes the Successor Company; 

(5) any encumbrance or restriction: 

(A) that restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject
to a lease, license or similar contract or agreement, or the assignment or transfer of any lease, license or other contract or agreement; 
 (B) contained in mortgages, pledges, charges or other security agreements permitted under this Indenture or securing Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary permitted under this Indenture to
the extent such encumbrances or restrictions restrict the transfer or encumbrance of the property or assets subject to such mortgages, pledges, charges or other security agreements; or 

(C) pursuant to customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal
easement agreements of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (6) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to
Purchase Money Obligations and Capitalized Lease Obligations permitted under this Indenture, in each case, that impose encumbrances or restrictions on the property so acquired; 

(7) any encumbrance or restriction imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the direct or indirect sale or
disposition to a Person of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (or the property or assets that are subject to such restriction) pending the closing of such sale or disposition; 

(8) customary provisions in leases, licenses, joint venture agreements and other similar agreements and instruments;

 (9) any encumbrance or restriction on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under
agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (10) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to
Hedging Obligations; 
 (11) any encumbrance or restriction arising pursuant to an agreement or instrument
relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of 

  
 56 

 
Section 4.09 hereof if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Holders than (i) the
encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Credit Agreements, together with the security documents associated therewith as in effect on the Issue Date or (ii) in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) and where,
in the case of clause (ii), either (a) the Issuer determines at the time of issuance of such Indebtedness that such encumbrances or restrictions shall not adversely affect, in any material respect, the Issuer’s ability to make principal or
interest payments on the Notes or (b) such encumbrance or restriction applies only during the continuance of a default relating to such Indebtedness; 
 (12) any encumbrance or restriction existing by reason of any Lien permitted under Section 4.12 hereof; 
 (13) agreements governing Indebtedness of Mission permitted to be incurred under this Indenture; or 
 (14) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement or instrument effecting a refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to, or that otherwise extends, renews, restates, replaces, restructures
or refinances, an agreement or instrument referred to in Section 4.08(b)(1) to (13) or this Section 4.08(b)(14) hereof (an “Initial Agreement”) or contained in any amendment, supplement, extension, renewal,
restatement, replacement, restructuring or other modification to an agreement referred to in Section 4.08(b)(1) to (13) or this Section 4.08(b)(14) hereof; provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions with
respect to such Restricted Subsidiary contained in any such agreement or instrument are no less favorable in any material respect to the Holders taken as a whole than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreement or Initial
Agreements to which such refinancing or amendment, supplement or other modification relates (as determined in good faith by the Issuer). 
  

	 	Section 4.09	Limitation on Indebtedness. 

 (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness); provided, however, that the Issuer and any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) if on the date of such Incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto (including pro forma application of the proceeds thereof), the Leverage Ratio for the
Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is less than 7.00 to 1.00; provided, further, that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may not Incur Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock if, after giving pro forma
effect to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), more than an aggregate of $10.0 million of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not
Guarantors would be outstanding pursuant to this Section 4.09(a) at such time. 
 (b) Section 4.09(a) shall not
prohibit the Incurrence of the following Indebtedness: 
 (1) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to any Credit
Facility (including letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued or created under any Credit Facility), and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and Guarantees in respect of such Indebtedness in a maximum aggregate principal
amount at any time outstanding not exceeding (i) $445.0 million or, if the Acquisition has not been consummated, $250.0 million, plus (ii) in the case of any refinancing of any Indebtedness permitted under this clause or any portion
thereof, the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred in connection with such refinancing; 
 (2) Guarantees by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness is permitted under the terms of this Indenture;

  
 57 

 (3) Indebtedness of the Issuer owing to and held by any Restricted
Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that: 
 (A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Indebtedness being beneficially held by a Person other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of
the Issuer; and 
 (B) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person other than the Issuer or
a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, 
 shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the
Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be; 
 (4) Indebtedness represented by (a) the Notes
(other than any Additional Notes) and the Exchange Notes, in each case, including any Guarantee thereof, (b) any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(1) and (2)) hereof outstanding on the Issue
Date (c) Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness described in Section 4.09(b)(4), (5), (7), (10) or (14) hereof or Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof, and (d) Management Advances;

 (5) Indebtedness of (x) the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred or issued to finance an
acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into or consolidated with the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that after giving
effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation, either 
 (A) the Issuer would be permitted to Incur at
least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Leverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a); or 
 (B) the Leverage Ratio of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiary would not be greater than immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation; 

(6) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes); 

(7) Indebtedness represented by Capitalized Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Obligations in an aggregate outstanding
principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause and then outstanding and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, does not exceed the greater of (a) $20.0
million and (b) 2.0 % of Total Assets at the time of Incurrence; 
 (8) Indebtedness in respect of
(a) workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, performance, indemnity, surety, judgment, appeal, advance payment, customs, value added or other tax or other guarantees or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations and
completion guarantees and warranties provided by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or relating to liabilities, obligations or guarantees Incurred in the ordinary course of business, (b) the honoring by a bank or other financial institution
of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of Incurrence; (c) customer deposits
and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods or services purchased in the ordinary course of business; and (d) letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, guarantees or other similar instruments or
obligations issued or relating to liabilities or obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (9)
Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for guarantees, indemnification, obligations in respect of earn-outs or other adjustments of purchase price or, in each case, similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with
the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets or Person or any Capital Stock of a Subsidiary (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring or disposing of such business or assets or such Subsidiary for the
purpose of financing such acquisition or disposition); provided that the maximum liability of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of all such Indebtedness in connection with a Disposition shall at no time exceed the gross
proceeds, including the fair market value of non-cash proceeds (measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value), actually received by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such
disposition; 

  
 58 

 (10) Indebtedness of Non-Guarantors in an aggregate amount not to exceed,
together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, the greater of (a) $8.5 million and (b) 1.0% of Total Assets of Non-Guarantors at any time outstanding; 

(11) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries to any current or former
employee, director or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its Parents (or permitted transferees, assigns, estates, or heirs of such employee, director or consultant), to finance the purchase or redemption of Capital Stock of
the Issuer or any of its Parents that is permitted by Section 4.07 hereof; 
 (12) Indebtedness of the
Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, Incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

(13) Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing
Indebtedness in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause and then outstanding, shall not exceed $30.0 million; 

(14) Acquisition Debt of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary if (w) such Acquisition Debt is incurred within 270
days after the date on which the related definitive acquisition agreement or LMA, as the case may be, was entered into by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, (x) the aggregate principal amount of such Acquisition Debt is no greater than
the aggregate principal amount of Acquisition Debt set forth in a notice from the Issuer to the Trustee (an “Incurrence Notice”) within ten days after the date on which the related definitive acquisition agreement or LMA, as the
case may be, was entered into by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, which notice shall be executed on the Issuer’s behalf by the chief financial officer of the Issuer in such capacity and shall describe in reasonable detail the
acquisition or LMA, as the case may be, which such Acquisition Debt shall be incurred to finance, (y) after giving pro forma effect to the acquisition or LMA, as the case may be, described in such Incurrence Notice, the Issuer or such
Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Acquisition Debt under this Indenture as of the date upon which the Issuer delivers such Incurrence Notice to the Trustee and (z) such Acquisition Debt is used solely to finance the acquisition or
LMA, as the case may be, described in such Incurrence Notice (including to repay or refinance Indebtedness or other obligations incurred in connection with such acquisition or LMA, as the case may be, and to pay related fees and expenses); and

 (15) Indebtedness in the amount of all premiums, if any, interest (including post-petition interest), fees,
expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in Section 4.09(b)(1) through (14) hereof. 
 (c) For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this Section 4.09: 

(16) in the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in
Section 4.09(a) or (b), the Issuer, in its sole discretion, shall classify, and may from time to time reclassify, such item of Indebtedness and only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of Section 4.09(a)
or (b) hereof; 
 (17) additionally, all or any portion of any item of Indebtedness may later be classified
as having been Incurred pursuant to any type of Indebtedness described in Section 4.09(a) or (b) hereof so long as such Indebtedness is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to such provision at the time of reclassification; 

(18) all Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date under the Credit Agreements and all Indebtedness under Credit
Facilities incurred to finance the Acquisition shall be deemed to be Incurred on the Issue Date or the date of Incurrence, as applicable under Section 4.09(b)(1) hereof and may not later be reclassified; 

  
 59 

 (19) Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit,
bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments relating to, or Liens securing, Indebtedness that is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included; 

(20) if obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments are Incurred
pursuant to any Credit Facility and are being treated as Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) or (b)(1), (7), (10) or (13) hereof and the letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments relate to other
Indebtedness, then such other Indebtedness shall not be included; 
 (21) the principal amount of any
Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, shall be equal to the greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or
repurchase premium) or the liquidation preference thereof; 
 (22) Indebtedness permitted by this
Section 4.09 need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this Section 4.09 permitting such
Indebtedness; and 
 (23) the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount
thereof shall be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined on the basis of GAAP. 
 (d) Accrual of
interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness, the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of
Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock or the reclassification of commitments or obligations not treated as Indebtedness due to a change in GAAP, shall not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.09. The
amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be (a) the accreted value thereof in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount and (b) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, or liquidation preference
thereof, in the case of any other Indebtedness. 
 (e) If at any time an Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer as of such date. 
 (f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.09, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary may Incur pursuant to this Section 4.09 shall not be
deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being
refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such Refinancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing. 

(g) This Indenture shall provide that the Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, Incur any
Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the
Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be. 

(h) This Indenture shall not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is
unsecured or (2) senior Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral or is secured by different collateral. 

  
 60 

	 	Section 4.10	Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock. 

 (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Asset Disposition unless: 

(1) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration (including by way of relief from,
or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at least equal to the fair market value (such fair market value to be determined on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition), as
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition (including, for the avoidance of doubt, if such Asset Disposition is a Permitted Asset Swap); 

(2) in any such Asset Disposition, or series of related Asset Dispositions (except to the extent the Asset Disposition is
a Permitted Asset Swap), at least 75% of the consideration from such Asset Disposition (including by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) received by the Issuer or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; and 
 (3) an amount equal
to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition is applied by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be: 
 (A) to the extent the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, elects (or is required by the terms of any Indebtedness), (i) to prepay, repay or purchase any Indebtedness of a
Non-Guarantor or that is secured by a Lien (in each case, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary) or Indebtedness under the Credit Agreements (or any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof) within 365 days from
the later of (A) the date of such Asset Disposition and (B) the receipt of such Net Available Cash; provided, however, that, in connection with any prepayment, repayment or purchase of Indebtedness pursuant to this clause
(a), the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary shall retire such Indebtedness and shall cause the related commitment (if any) to be reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased; or (ii) to prepay, repay or
purchase Pari Passu Indebtedness at a price of no more than 100% of the principal amount of such Pari Passu Indebtedness plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of such prepayment, repayment or purchase; provided further that, to
the extent the Issuer redeem, repay or repurchase Pari Passu Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (ii), the Issuer shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided under Section 3.07 hereof through open-market purchases
(to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Disposition Offer) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100% of the
principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid; or 
 (B) to the extent the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary elects, to invest in or commit to invest in Additional Assets (including by means of an investment in Additional Assets by a Restricted
Subsidiary with Net Available Cash received by the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) within 365 days from the later of (i) the date of such Asset Disposition and (ii) the receipt of such Net Available Cash; provided,
however, that any such reinvestment in Additional Assets made pursuant to a definitive binding agreement or a commitment approved by the Board of Directors of the Issuer that is executed or approved within such time shall satisfy this
requirement, so long as such investment is consummated within 180 days of such 365th day; 
 provided that, pending the final application
of any such Net Available Cash in accordance with clause (a) or clause (b) above, the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce Indebtedness or otherwise use such Net Available Cash in any manner not prohibited by this
Indenture. 
 (b) Any Net Available Cash from Asset Dispositions that is not applied or invested or committed to be applied or
invested as provided in Section 4.10(a) shall be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds” under this Indenture. On the 366th day after an Asset Disposition, if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds under this Indenture exceeds
$25.0 million, the Issuer shall within 30 Business Days be required to make an offer (“Asset  

  
 61 

 
Disposition Offer”) to all Holders of Notes issued under such indenture and, to the extent the Issuer elects, to all holders of other outstanding Pari Passu Indebtedness, to purchase
the maximum principal amount of Notes and any such Pari Passu Indebtedness to which the Asset Disposition Offer applies that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in respect of the Notes in an amount equal to 100% of the
principal amount of the Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness, in each case, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture or the agreements governing
the Pari Passu Indebtedness, as applicable, and, with respect to the Notes, in minimum denominations of $2,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuer shall deliver notice of such Asset Disposition Offer electronically or
by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, describing the transaction or transactions that
constitute the Asset Disposition and offering to repurchase the Notes for the specified purchase price on the date specified in the notice, which date shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered,
pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice. 
 (c) To the extent that the aggregate
amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not prohibited by
this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of the Notes surrendered in any Asset Disposition Offer by Holders and other Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders or lenders, collectively, exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Excess
Proceeds shall be allocated among the Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of tendered Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness, provided that no Notes or other Pari
Passu Indebtedness shall be selected and purchased in an unauthorized denomination. Upon completion of any Asset Disposition Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. 

(d) To the extent that any portion of Net Available Cash payable in respect of the Notes is denominated in a currency other than U.S.
dollars, the amount thereof payable in respect of the Notes shall not exceed the net amount of funds in U.S. dollars that is actually received by the Issuer upon converting such portion into U.S. dollars. 

(e) For the purposes of Section 4.10(a)(2), the following shall be deemed to be cash: 

(1) the assumption by the transferee of Indebtedness or other liabilities of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (other
than Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor) and the release of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from all liability on such Indebtedness or other liability in connection with such Asset Disposition; 

(2) securities, notes or other obligations received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer from the
transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Disposition; 

(3) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset
Disposition, to the extent that the Issuer and each other Restricted Subsidiary are released from any Guarantee of payment of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition; 

(4) consideration consisting of Indebtedness of the Issuer (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) received after the Issue
Date from Persons who are not the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; and 
 (5) any Designated Non-Cash
Consideration received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Dispositions having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this Section 4.10 that is
at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (a) $20.0 million and (b) 2.0% of Total Assets (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving
effect to subsequent changes in value). 
 (f) The Issuer shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule
14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are 

  
 62 

 
applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 4.10. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of
this Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof. 

 

	 	Section 4.11	Limitation on Affiliate Transactions. 

 (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any
property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Issuer (an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate value in excess of $5.0 million unless: 

(1) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction or the execution of the agreement providing for such transaction in arm’s length dealings with a Person who
is not such an Affiliate; and 
 (2) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate value in
excess of $10.0 million, the terms of such transaction have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors. 
 (b) Any Affiliate Transaction shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements set forth in Section 4.11(a)(2) if such Affiliate Transaction is approved by a majority of the Disinterested
Directors, if any. 
 (c) The provisions of Section 4.11(a) shall not apply to: 

(1) any Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 4.07 hereof or any Permitted Investment;

 (2) any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, options, other equity-related interests or other securities, or
other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, or entering into, or maintenance of, any employment, consulting, collective bargaining or benefit plan, program, agreement or arrangement, related
trust or other similar agreement and other compensation arrangements, options, warrants or other rights to purchase Capital Stock of the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent, restricted stock plans, long-term incentive plans, stock
appreciation rights plans, participation plans or similar employee benefits or consultants’ plans (including valuation, health, insurance, deferred compensation, severance, retirement, savings or similar plans, programs or arrangements) or
indemnities provided on behalf of officers, employees, directors or consultants approved by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, in each case in the ordinary course of business; 

(3) any Management Advances and any waiver or transaction with respect thereto; 

(4) any transaction between or among the Issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary (or entity that becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary as a result of such transaction), or between or among Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (5) the payment of
compensation, reasonable fees and reimbursement of expenses to, and customary indemnities (including under customary insurance policies) and employee benefit and pension expenses provided on behalf of, directors, officers, consultants or employees
of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer (whether directly or indirectly and including through any Person owned or controlled by any of such directors, officers or employees); 

(6) the entry into and performance of obligations of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under the terms of
any transaction arising out of, and any payments pursuant to or for purposes of funding, any agreement or instrument in effect as of or on the Issue Date, as these agreements and instruments may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed
or refinanced from time to time in accordance with the other terms of this Section 4.11 or to the extent not more disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect; 

  
 63 

 (7) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers
of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business, which are fair to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the senior management of the Issuer or the
relevant Restricted Subsidiary, or are on terms no less favorable than those that could reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party; 
 (8) any transaction between or among the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Affiliate of the Issuer or an Associate or similar entity that would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely because
the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary owns an equity interest in or otherwise controls such Affiliate, Associate or similar entity; 
 (9) issuances or sales of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock and the granting of registration and other
customary rights in connection therewith or any contribution to capital of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (10) transactions in which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the
Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of Section 4.11(a)(1) hereof; 
 (11) the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under the terms of, any equityholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or
purchase agreements related thereto) to which it is party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreement that it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary of its obligations under any future amendment to the equityholders’ agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted under this clause to the extent that the terms of any such
amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respects; and 
 (12)
any purchases by the Issuer’s Affiliates of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries the majority of which Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is purchased by Persons who are not the Issuer’s
Affiliates; provided that such purchases by the Issuer’s Affiliates are on the same terms as such purchases by such Persons who are not the Issuer’s Affiliates. 

 

	 	Section 4.12	Limitation on Liens. 

 The
Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or permit to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of its property or assets (including Capital Stock of a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Issuer), whether owned on the Issue Date or acquired after that date, which Lien secures any Indebtedness (such Lien, the “Initial Lien”), without effectively providing that the Notes shall be secured equally and
ratably with (or prior to) the obligations so secured for so long as such obligations are so secured. 
 Any Lien created for
the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to the preceding sentence shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien. 

 

	 	Section 4.13	Corporate Existence. 

Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Issuer shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and
effect (i) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Issuer or any
such Subsidiary and (ii) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be required to preserve any such right,

  
 64 

 
license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable
in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 

 

	 	Section 4.14	Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control. 

 (a) If a Change of Control Repurchase Event occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or concurrently delivered a redemption notice (that may only be conditional upon the occurrence of such Change of
Control Repurchase Event) with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under Section 3.07 hereof, the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase all of the Notes (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash equal to
101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the date of repurchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the
relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control Repurchase Event, the Issuer shall deliver notice of such Change of Control Offer electronically or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of
Notes at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control Repurchase Event and offering to
repurchase the Notes for the specified purchase price on the date specified in the notice, which date shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered. Such notice shall state: (1) that the
Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.14 and that all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment; (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days
from the date such notice is delivered (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); (3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue Interest; (4) that, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control
Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue Interest after the Change of Control Payment Date; (5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer
will be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the
third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day preceding the Change of
Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have the Notes
purchased; and (7) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $2,000 in principal
amount or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are
applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes in connection with a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall
comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Change of Control Offer provisions of this Indenture. 

(b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions
thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered and (3) deliver or cause to
be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Issuer. The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each
Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased
portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $l,000 in excess thereof. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer
on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. 
 (c) The Issuer shall not be required to make a Change
of Control Offer following a Change of Control Repurchase Event if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.14 and
Section 3.09 hereof and all other provisions of 

  
 65 

 
this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (ii) notice of
redemption for all outstanding Notes has been given pursuant to this Indenture as described in Section 3.07 hereof unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control Repurchase Event, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control
Offer. 
 (d) If holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not
withdraw such Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Issuer, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Issuer, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such holders, the Issuer or such third party
shall have the right, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer described above, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following
such purchase at a price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the date of redemption. 
  

	 	Section 4.15	Limitation on Guarantees. 

(a) The Issuer shall not permit any of its Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries (and non-Wholly-Owned
Domestic Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiaries guarantee other capital markets debt securities of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or guarantee all or a portion of the Credit Agreements), other than a Guarantor, to
Guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any other Guarantor unless: 
 (1) such Restricted
Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture providing for a senior Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor, if
such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment
to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee; 
 (2) such Restricted Subsidiary waives and shall not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against
the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee until payment in full of obligations under this Indenture; and 

(3) such Restricted Subsidiary shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that: 

(A) such Guarantee has been duly executed and authorized; and 

(B) such Guarantee constitutes a valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary, except insofar
as enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers) and except insofar as enforcement thereof is subject to general principals of equity;

 provided that this Section 4.15 shall not be applicable (i) to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at
the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, or (ii) in the event that the Guarantee of the Issuer’s obligations under
the Notes or this Indenture by such Subsidiary would not be permitted under applicable law. 
 (b) The Issuer may elect, in its
sole discretion, to cause any Subsidiary that is not otherwise required to be a Guarantor to become a Guarantor. 

  
 66 

	 	Section 4.16	Payments for Consent. 

The Issuer and the Guarantors shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause
to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes, in their capacity as such, for any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be
paid and is paid to all Holders of Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an offering of
securities to Holders of Notes by the Issuer, the Guarantors or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (including an exchange offer) in which a consent, waiver or amendment is sought, if such offering is intended to be exempt from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act or other applicable securities laws, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Restricted Subsidiaries may offer and issue such securities only to Holders of Notes who are eligible to receive such securities in accordance
with such exemption from registration or similar exemptions, and will conduct a separate consent solicitation for those Holders that are ineligible to participate in such offering. 

 

	 	Section 4.17	Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 

 (a) The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as
an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate fair market value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be an Investment made as of
the time of the designation and shall reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07 hereof or under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as determined by the Issuer. That designation shall
only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Issuer may redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be
a Restricted Subsidiary if that redesignation would not cause a Default. 
 (b) Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Issuer or
any of the Mission Entities as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate
certifying that such designation complies with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 4.07 hereof. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall
thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not
permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.09 hereof, the Issuer shall be in default of Section 4.09 hereof. 
 (c) The Board of Directors of the Issuer may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; provided that such designation shall be deemed to be an
incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such designation shall only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09
hereof, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable reference period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation. Any such designation by
the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying
that such designation complies with the preceding conditions. 
  

	 	Section 4.18	Suspension of Covenants on Achievement of Investment Grade Status. 

 (a) Following the first day: 
 (1) the Notes have achieved
Investment Grade Status; and 
 (2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this
Indenture, 

  
 67 

 then, beginning on that day and continuing until the Reversion Date (as defined below), the Issuer, its
Restricted Subsidiaries and the Mission Entities shall not be subject to Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.15 and 5.01(a)(3) (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”). 

(b) If at any time the Notes cease to have such Investment Grade Status or if a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing,
then the Suspended Covenants shall thereafter be reinstated as if such covenants had never been suspended (the “Reversion Date”) and be applicable pursuant to the terms of this Indenture (including in connection with performing any
calculation or assessment to determine compliance with the terms of this Indenture), unless and until the Notes subsequently attain Investment Grade Status and no Default or Event of Default is in existence (in which event the Suspended Covenants
shall no longer be in effect for such time that the Notes maintain an Investment Grade Status and no Default or Event of Default is in existence); provided, however, that no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind shall be
deemed to exist under this Indenture or the Notes with respect to the Suspended Covenants based on, and none of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries, Parent or the Mission Entities shall bear any liability for, any actions taken or events occurring
during the Suspension Period (as defined below), or any actions taken at any time pursuant to any contractual obligation arising prior to the Reversion Date, regardless of whether such actions or events would have been permitted if the applicable
Suspended Covenants remained in effect during such period. The period of time between the date of suspension of the covenants and the Reversion Date is referred to as the “Suspension Period.” 

(c) On the Reversion Date, all Indebtedness Incurred during the Suspension Period shall be classified to have been Incurred pursuant to
Section 4.09(a) or (b) hereof (to the extent such Indebtedness would be permitted to be Incurred thereunder as of the Reversion Date and after giving effect to the Indebtedness Incurred prior to the Suspension Period and outstanding on the
Reversion Date). To the extent such Indebtedness would not be so permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) or (b) hereof, such Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified as
permitted under Section 4.09(b)(4)(b) hereof. Calculations made after the Reversion Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.07 hereof shall be made as though Section 4.07 hereof had been in
effect since the Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period shall reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.07(a) hereof. In addition,
any future obligation to grant further Guarantees shall be released. All such further obligation to grant Guarantees shall be reinstated upon the Reversion Date. 
 ARTICLE 5 
 SUCCESSORS 

 

	 	Section 5.01	Merger and Consolidation. 

 (a) The Issuer shall not consolidate with or merge with or into, or sell, convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its assets to, any Person, unless: 

(1) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Company”) shall be a Person organized
and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia and the Successor Company (if not the Issuer) shall expressly assume, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the
Trustee, all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and this Indenture and if such Successor Company is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation organized or existing under such laws; 

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the
Successor Company or any Subsidiary of the Successor Company as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and
be continuing; 
 (3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, either (a) the Successor Company
would be able to Incur at least an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof or (b) the Leverage Ratio would not be greater than it was immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction; and 

(4) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the
effect that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such supplemental indenture (if any) has been duly authorized, executed and delivered
and is a legal, valid and binding agreement enforceable against the Successor Company provided that in giving an Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to any matters of fact, including as to satisfaction of
Section 5.01(a)(2) and (3) hereof. 

  
 68 

 (b) For purposes of this Section 5.01, the sale, lease, conveyance,
assignment, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Issuer, which properties and assets, if held by the Issuer instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or
substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer. 

(c) The Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer
under this Indenture but in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the predecessor company shall not be released from its obligations under such indenture or the Notes. 

(d) Notwithstanding the preceding Sections 5.01(a)(2), (3) and (4) hereof (which do not apply to transactions
referred to in this sentence), (a) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer may consolidate or otherwise combine with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer and (b) any Restricted Subsidiary may
consolidate or otherwise combine with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to any other Restricted Subsidiary. Notwithstanding the preceding Sections 5.01(a)(2), (3) or (4) hereof (which do not apply to the
transactions referred to in this sentence), the Issuer may consolidate or otherwise combine with or merge into an Affiliate incorporated or organized for the purpose of changing the legal domicile of the Issuer, reincorporating the Issuer in another
jurisdiction, or changing the legal form of the Issuer. 
 (e) The foregoing provisions (other than the
requirements of Section 5.01(a)(2)) shall not apply to the creation of a new Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer. 
  

	 	Section 5.02	Successor Corporation Substituted. 

 Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of any Issuer in accordance with
Section 5.01, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Issuer is merged, or the successor Person to which such sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition is made, shall succeed to, and be substituted
for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under this Indenture, the Notes and the Registration Rights Agreement with the same effect as if such successor had been named as the Issuer herein, in the Notes and the Registration Rights
Agreement. When a successor assumes all of the obligations of its predecessor under this Indenture, the Notes and the Registration Rights Agreement, as the case may be, the predecessor shall be discharged from all obligations and covenants under
this Indenture, the Notes and the Registration Rights Agreement; provided that the predecessor Issuer shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale, assignment,
transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all of the Issuer’s assets that meets the requirements of Section 5.01 hereof. 
 ARTICLE 6 
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 

 

	 	Section 6.01	Events of Default. 

 Each
of the following is an “Event of Default”: 
 (1) default in any payment of interest or
Additional Interest, if any, on any Note when due and payable, continued for 30 days; 

  
 69 

 (2) default in the payment of the principal amount of or premium, if any, on
any Note issued under this Indenture when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise; 
 (3) failure to comply with the Issuer’s agreements or obligations contained in this Indenture for 60 days after written notice by the Trustee on behalf of the Holders or by the Holders of 25% in
principal amount of the outstanding Notes; 
 (4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which
there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Issuer any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) other
than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date hereof, which default: 

(A) is caused by a failure to pay principal of such Indebtedness, at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to
any applicable grace periods) provided in such Indebtedness (“payment default”); or 
 (B)
results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its stated final maturity (the “cross acceleration provision”); 
 and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which
has been so accelerated, aggregates $25.0 million or more; 
 (5) the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiaries
pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law: 
 (A) commences a voluntary case; 

(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case; 

(C) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property; 

(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; 

(E) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due; or 

(F) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(1) is for relief against the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in an involuntary case; 

(2) appoints a custodian of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or for all or substantially all of the
property of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 
 (3) orders the liquidation of the Issuer or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive
days (collectively, the “bankruptcy provisions”); 
 (6) failure by the Issuer or any
Significant Subsidiary (or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that together (determined as of the most recent consolidated financial statements of the Issuer for a fiscal period end provided as required under Section 4.03 hereof) would constitute
a Significant Subsidiary), to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $25.0 million other than any judgments covered by indemnities provided by, or insurance policies issued by, reputable and creditworthy issuers, which final

  
 70 

 
judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement
proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed (the “judgment default provision”); and 
 (7) any Guarantee of the Notes ceases to be in full force and effect, other than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture or a Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Guarantee of
the Notes, other than in accordance with the terms thereof or upon release of such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture. 

(b) However, a default under Section 6.01(3) hereof shall not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of 25%
in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Issuer of the default and the Issuer does not cure such default within the time specified in Section 6.01(3) hereof after receipt of such notice. 

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the sole remedy for an Event of Default relating to the failure to comply with
the reporting obligations described above under Section 4.03 hereof, and for any failure to comply with the requirements of Section 314(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, shall for the 365 days after the occurrence of such an Event of Default
consist exclusively of the right to receive additional interest on the principal amount of the Notes at a rate equal to 0.50% per annum. This additional interest shall be payable in the same manner and subject to the same terms as other
interest payable under this Indenture. This additional interest shall accrue on all outstanding Notes from and including the date on which an Event of Default relating to a failure to comply with the reporting obligations described above under
Section 4.03 hereof or Section 314(a) of the TIA first occurs to but excluding the 365th day thereafter (or such earlier date on which the Event of Default relating to such reporting obligations is cured or waived). If the Event of Default
resulting from such failure to comply with the reporting obligations is continuing on such 365th day, such additional interest shall cease to accrue and the Notes shall be subject to the other remedies provided under Section 6.01 hereof.

  

	 	Section 6.02	Acceleration. 

 (a) If an
Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Section 6.01(v) hereof with respect to the Issuer) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Issuer or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding
Notes by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee (subject to certain conditions) at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional
Interest, if any, on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal, premium and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, shall be due and payable immediately. In the event of a declaration of
acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default described in Section 6.01(4) hereof has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if the event of default or payment default
triggering such Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.01(4) hereof shall be remedied or cured, or waived by the holders of the Indebtedness, or the Indebtedness that gave rise to such Event of Default shall have been discharged in full, in
each case, within 30 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if (1) the annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all
existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal, premium or interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived. 

(b) If an Event of Default described in Section 6.01(5) hereof with respect to the Issuer occurs and is continuing, the principal
of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, including Additional Interest, if any, on all the Notes shall become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. 

(c) The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes under this Indenture may waive all past or existing Defaults
or Events of Default (except with respect to nonpayment of principal, premium or interest, including Additional Interest, if any) and rescind any such acceleration with respect to such Notes and its consequences if rescission would not conflict with
any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction. 

  
 71 

	 	Section 6.03	Other Remedies. 

 (a) If
an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

 (b) The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the
proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All
remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 
  

	 	Section 6.04	Waiver of Past Defaults. 

Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of
the Holders of all outstanding Notes waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or
interest on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase). Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture;
but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 
  

	 	Section 6.05	Control by Majority. 

 The
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the
Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines may be prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal
liability. 
  

	 	Section 6.06	Limitation on Suits. 

 (a)
If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee
indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against any fee, loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal or interest when due, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the
Notes unless: 
 (1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is
continuing; 
 (2) Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested in writing
the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
 (3) such Holders have offered in writing the Trustee security or indemnity
satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (4) the Trustee has not complied with such
request within 60 days after the receipt of the written request and the offer of security or indemnity; and 

(5) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a written direction
that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. 
 (b) A Holder of a Note may
not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note. 

  
 72 

	 	Section 6.07	Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment. 

 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the
respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such
Holder. 
  

	 	Section 6.08	Collection Suit by Trustee. 

 If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01 occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the
whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover
the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 
  

	 	Section 6.09	Restoration of Rights and Remedies. 

 If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined
adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings or any other proceedings, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former
positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies hereunder of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted. 
  

	 	Section 6.10	Rights and Remedies Cumulative. 

 Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the
Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter
existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy. 

 

	 	Section 6.11	Delay or Omission Not Waiver. 

 No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such
Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as
the case may be. 
  

	 	Section 6.12	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 

 The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes), their creditors or their
property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such
payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the
Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any
other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends,
money, securities and other properties that the 

  
 73 

 
Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize
the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of
the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 
  

	 	Section 6.13	Application of Money Collected. 

 (a) Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article or otherwise on behalf of the Holders or the Trustee pursuant to this Article, or through any proceeding or any arrangement or
restructuring in anticipation or in lieu of any proceeding contemplated by this Article, shall be applied, subject to applicable law, in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on
account of principal, premium, if any, or interest, upon presentation of the Notes and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid: 

(1) FIRST: to the payment of all costs and expenses incurred by the Trustee in connection with the collection of proceeds
in connection with this Indenture (including all existing claims for indemnification under this Indenture) including all court costs and the reasonable fees and expenses of their agents and legal counsel, the repayment of all advances made by the
Trustee on behalf of the Issuer or any Guarantor and any other costs or expenses incurred in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy of the holders of the Notes; 

(2) SECOND: to pay the Notes, any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, including Additional Interest and any other amounts
due under this Indenture based on the respective amounts of the Notes then outstanding; and 
 (3) THIRD: to the
extent of the balance of such proceeds after application in accordance with clauses (i) and (ii) above of this Section 6.13, to the Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable, their successors or assigns, or as a court of competent
jurisdiction may otherwise direct. 
 (b) The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes
pursuant to this Section 6.13. 
  

	 	Section 6.14	Undertaking for Costs. 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or
omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable
attorneys’ fees and expenses against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a
Holder of a Note pursuant Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 
 ARTICLE 7 
 TRUSTEE 

 

	 	Section 7.01	Duties of Trustee. 

 (a)
If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would use in conducting
its own affairs. 
 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(1) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need
perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificate or opinions which by any provision hereof are
specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of
mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). 

  
 74 

 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own
negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (1) Section 7.01(c) hereof does not
limit the effect of Section 7.01(b) hereof; 
 (2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment
made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 

(3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with
a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof. 
 (4) No provision of this Indenture shall
require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any Holders, unless such Holder shall
have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. 
 (d) Whether or
not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to Section 7.01(a), (b), and (c) hereof. 
 (e) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from
other funds except to the extent required by law. 
  

	 	Section 7.02	Rights of Trustee. 

 (a)
The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The
Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. 
 (c) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any
action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon. 
 (d) The Trustee may act through its
attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care. 
 (e) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 

(f) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer shall be
sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer. 
 (g) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights
or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be
incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 

  
 75 

 (h) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or
consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 

(i) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has
actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Securities and this Indenture. 

(j) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be
indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder. 

(k) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement,
instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such
facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost
of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. 

(l) The Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers
authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture. 
  

	 	Section 7.03	Individual Rights of Trustee. 

 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it
were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like
rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Section 7.10 and 7.11 hereof. 
  

	 	Section 7.04	Trustee’s Disclaimer. 

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it
shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of
any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this
Indenture other than its certificate of authentication. 
  

	 	Section 7.05	Notice of Defaults. 

 If a
Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and the Trustee is informed of such occurrence by the Issuer, the Trustee must give notice of the Default or Event of Default to the Holders of Notes within 60 days after being notified by the
Issuer. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines
that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. 
  

	 	Section 7.06	Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. 

 (a) Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the
Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted).
The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c). 

  
 76 

 (b) A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes shall be mailed
to the Issuer and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed or delisted on any stock exchange. 

 

	 	Section 7.07	Compensation and Indemnity. 

 (a) The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any
law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such
expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. 
 (b)
The Issuer shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of
enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Issuer or any Holder or any other person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of
any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith. The Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by
the Trustee to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of their obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the
reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Issuer need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. 
 (c) The obligations of the Issuer under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee. 

(d) To secure the Issuer’s payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or
property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 

(e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.0(v) or (vii) hereof
occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 

(f) The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable. 

(g) As used in this Section 7.07, the term “Trustee” shall also include each of the Paying Agent, Registrar, and Transfer
Agent, as applicable. 
  

	 	Section 7.08	Replacement of Trustee. 

(a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor
Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. 
 (b) The Trustee may resign with 60 days’
prior written notice and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing
with 90 days’ prior written notice. The Issuer may remove the Trustee if: 
 (1) the Trustee fails to comply
with Section 7.10 hereof; 
 (2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief
is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law; 

  
 77 

 (3) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its
property; or 
 (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 

(c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly
appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the
Issuer. 
 (d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the
retiring Trustee, at the expense of the Issuer, the Issuer, or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

(e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with
Section 7.10, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 (f) A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become
effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property
held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this
Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
 (g) As used in this Section 7.08, the term “Trustee” shall also include each of the Paying Agent, Registrar, and Transfer Agent, as applicable. 

 

	 	Section 7.09	Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. 

 If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall
be the successor Trustee. 
  

	 	Section 7.10	Eligibility; Disqualification. 

 There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation or national banking association organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof
that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100 million as set forth in its most
recent published annual report of condition. 
 This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA
§ 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b). 
  

	 	Section 7.11	Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer. 

 The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent
indicated therein. 

  
 78 

 ARTICLE 8 

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
  

	 	Section 8.01	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

 The Issuer may, at the option of their Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be
applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8. 
  

	 	Section 8.02	Legal Defeasance and Discharge. 

 Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set
forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Guarantees) on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal
Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding”
only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture including that of the
Guarantors (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:
(a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust fund described in Section 8.04 hereof, and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on
such Notes when such payments are due, (b) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof, (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the
Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith and (d) this Article 8. Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuer may exercise their option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option
under Section 8.03 hereof. 
  

	 	Section 8.03	Covenant Defeasance. 

Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuer and the
Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16(a),
4.18, 4.18, 4.20 and 5.01 hereof (except Sections 5.01(a)(1) and (2) hereof, the default provisions in Article 6 hereof that relate to Sections 5.01(a)(1) and (2) hereof, the operation of the cross-default upon a payment default, the cross
acceleration provisions, the bankruptcy provisions with respect to the Issuer and Significant Subsidiaries, the judgment default provision and the guarantee provision described in Article 6 hereof) with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after
the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or
declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed
outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth
in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to
comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise
under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(iii) through (vii) hereof shall not constitute
Events of Default. 

  
 79 

	 	Section 8.04	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 

 (a) In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof: 

(1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in United States
dollars or U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as shall be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if
any, and interest on the outstanding Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be; 
 (2) the Issuer shall
have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee to the effect that Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such
deposit and defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred (and in the case of legal defeasance
only, such Opinion of Counsel in the United States must be based on a ruling of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service or change in applicable U.S. federal income tax law since the issuance of the Notes); 

(3) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the
Trustee to the effect that as of the date of such opinion and subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of Title 11 of the United States Code, as
amended; 
 (4) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the
deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying, defrauding or preferring any creditors of the Issuer; and 
 (5) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which opinion of counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating
that that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to legal defeasance or covenant defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with. 
  

	 	Section 8.05	Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 

(a) Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the
Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in
accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and
to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

(b) The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or U.S.
Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

 (c) Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time
to time upon the request of the Issuer any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written
certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or
Covenant Defeasance. 

  
 80 

	 	Section 8.06	Repayment to the Issuer. 

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of,
premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, has become due and payable shall be paid to the
Issuer on its request or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect
to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustees thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the
Issuer cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such
notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining shall be repaid to the Issuer. 
  

	 	Section 8.07	Reinstatement. 

 If the
Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or U.S. Government Obligationsin accordance with Section 8.04 or 8.05 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority
enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.04 or 8.05 hereof
until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.04 or 8.05 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of,
premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on any Note following the reinstatement of their obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the
Trustee or Paying Agent. 
 ARTICLE 9 
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 
  

	 	Section 9.01	Without Consent of Holders of Notes. 

 Notwithstanding Section 9.02 hereof, without the consent of any Holder of Notes, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement any Note Documents to: 

(1) cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect, error or inconsistency, conform any provision to the “Description
of the Notes” contained in the offering memorandum relating to the Notes or reduce the minimum denomination of the Notes; 
 (2) provide for the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations of the Issuer under any Note Document; 
 (3) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; 
 (4) add to the covenants or provide for a Guarantee for the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(5) make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder in any material respect; 

(6) make such provisions as necessary (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) for the issuance of Exchange Notes
and/or Additional Notes; 
 (7) to provide for any Restricted Subsidiary to provide a Guarantee in accordance
with Section 4.09 hereof to add Guarantees with respect to the Notes, to add security to or for the benefit of the Notes, or to confirm and evidence the release, termination, discharge or retaking of any Guarantee or Lien with respect to or
securing the Notes when such release, termination, discharge or retaking is provided for under the indenture; 

  
 81 

 (8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this
Indenture of a successor Trustee pursuant to the requirements thereof or to provide for the accession by the Trustee to any Note Document; or 
 (9) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and
administration of Notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such
amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes. 
 Upon the request of the Issuer
accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 and 9.06 hereof, the Trustee shall join
with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but
the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 

 

	 	Section 9.02	With Consent of Holders of Notes. 

 Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Note Documents may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes
then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, such Notes) and, except as provided below in this Section 9.02, any default or compliance with any provisions of the Note
Documents may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, such Notes). However an
amendment or waiver may not, with respect to any such Notes held by a non-consenting Holder: 
 (1) reduce the
principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment; 
 (2) reduce the stated rate of or extend
the stated time for payment of interest on any such Note, except as provided in Sections 3.09 and 4.10 hereof; 

(3) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any such Note; 

(4) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any such Note or change the time at which any such Note may be
redeemed, in each case as described under Section 3.07 hereof; 
 (5) make any Note payable in money other
than that stated in such Note; 
 (6) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and
interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes; 

(7) waive a Default or Event of Default with respect to the nonpayment of principal, premium or interest (except pursuant
to a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration); or 

(8) make any change in the amendment or waiver provisions which require the Holders’ consent described in this
sentence. 
 Section 2.08 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of
this Section 9.02. 

  
 82 

 Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of each of their Board of
Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of
the documents described in Section 7.02 and 9.06 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer in the execution of such amended or supplemental Indenture unless such amended or supplemental Indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own
rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture. 

The consent of the Holders is not necessary under this Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment of any Note
Document. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment. A consent to any amendment or waiver under the indenture by any Holder of Notes given in connection with a tender of such Holder’s Notes will not be
rendered invalid by such tender. 
 After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section becomes effective, the
Issuer shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the
validity of any such amended or supplemental Indenture or waiver. 
  

	 	Section 9.03	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. 

 Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect. 

 

	 	Section 9.04	Revocation and Effect of Consents. 

 Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note
that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee
receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder. 

 

	 	Section 9.05	Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 

 The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon
receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 Failure to make
the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
  

	 	Section 9.06	Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. 

 The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or
immunities of the Trustee. The Issuer may not sign an amendment or supplemental indenture until the Board of Directors approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be given and (subject to Section 7.01
hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. 

  
 83 

 ARTICLE 10 

GUARANTEES 
  

	 	Section 10.01	Guarantee. 

 Subject to
this this Article 10 each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns,
irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that: (a) the principal of, interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes shall be promptly
paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee
hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same
shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so
guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a Guarantee of payment and not a Guarantee of collection. 

The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or
enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any
action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in
the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that its Guarantee set forth in this Section 10.01 shall not be discharged
except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture. 
 If any Holder or the Trustee is
required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or any Guarantors, any amount paid by the Issuer or any Guarantor to
the Trustee or such Holder, the Guarantee set forth in this Section 10.01, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. 
 Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations
guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in
Article 6 hereof for the purposes of its Guarantee set forth in this Section 10.01, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the
event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of the Guarantees set forth
in this Section 10.01. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under such Guarantees. 

The Guarantees of each Guarantor set forth in this Section 10.01 shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective
should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation or reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant
part of the Issuer’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or
reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or such Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had
not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded,
reduced, restored or returned. 

  
 84 

 In case any provision of any Guarantee set forth in this Section 10.01 shall be
invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 Each payment to be made by a Guarantor in respect of its Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature. 

 

	 	Section 10.02	Limitation on Guarantor Liability. 

 Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or
conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee,
the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the Guarantees of each Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as shall, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such
Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the Guarantees of such other Guarantor under this
Article 10, result in the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 
  

	 	Section 10.03	Execution and Delivery of Guarantees. 

 To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the
Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice-President of such Guarantor, as the case may be. 

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any
failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Guarantee. 
 If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture no longer
holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates any Notes, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless. 
 The delivery of
any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors. 

 

	 	Section 10.04	Subrogation. 

 Each
Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders of Notes against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.01; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under this Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in
full. 
  

	 	Section 10.05	Benefits Acknowledged. 

Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this
Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits. 
  

	 	Section 10.06	Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms. 

 Except as otherwise provided in this Section 10.06, no Guarantor may consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) any Person, or sell, convey,
transfer, lease or dispose of all or substantially all of its assets in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to any Person, whether or not affiliated with such Guarantor, or permit any Person to merge with or into the Guarantor
unless: (A) the other Person is the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is Guarantor or becomes a Guarantor concurrently with the transaction; or (B) (1) either (x) a Guarantor is the continuing Person or (y) the
resulting, surviving or transferee 

  
 85 

 
Person expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Guarantor under its Guarantee of the Notes; and (2) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Default has occurred and is
continuing; or (C) the transaction constitutes a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of the Guarantor or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Guarantor (in each case other
than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) otherwise permitted by the indenture. 
 In case of any such consolidation,
merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be
performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. All of such assumed obligations shall in all respects have the same legal
rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such obligations had been assumed at the date of the execution hereof. 

Except as set forth in Article 4 and 5 hereof, and notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, nothing contained in this
Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into an Issuer or another Guarantor, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an
entirety to an Issuer or another Guarantor. 
  

	 	Section 10.07	Releases of Guarantees. 

The Guarantee of a Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released upon: 

(1) a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor after
which such Guarantor is not a Restricted Subsidiary or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Guarantor (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) otherwise permitted by this Indenture; 

(2) the designation in accordance with this Indenture of the Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or the occurrence of
any event after which the Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (3) Legal Defeasance, Covenant
Defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of the Notes, as provided in Articles 8 and 11 hereof; 
 (4) to the
extent that such Guarantor is not an Immaterial Subsidiary solely due to the operation of clause (i) of the definition of “Immaterial Subsidiary” herein, upon the release of the guarantee referred to in such clause; 

(5) to the extent such Guarantor is also a guarantor or borrower under the Credit Agreements as in effect on the Issue
Date and, at the time of release of its Guarantee, (x) has been released from its guarantee of, and all pledges and security, if any, granted in connection with the Credit Agreements (except a release by or as a result of a payment thereon),
(y) is not an obligor under any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(4)) and (z) does not guarantee any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of the other Guarantors; or 

(6) upon the achievement of Investment Grade Status by the Notes; provided that such Guarantee shall be reinstated
upon the Reversion Date. 
 Upon delivery by the Issuer to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel to the effect that the conditions precedent to the release of the Guarantee have been satisfied, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its
Guarantee. 
 Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of
principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 10. 

  
 86 

 ARTICLE 11 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 
  

	 	Section 11.01	Satisfaction and Discharge. 

 This Indenture shall be discharged and cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights of conversion or transfer or exchange of the Notes, as expressly provided for in this Indenture) as to
all outstanding Notes when (1) either (a) all the Notes previously authenticated and delivered (other than certain lost, stolen or destroyed Notes and certain Notes for which provision for payment was previously made and thereafter the
funds have been released to the Issuer) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or (b) all Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable, (ii) shall become due and payable
at their Stated Maturity within one year or (iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the
Issuer; (2) the Issuer has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee, money or U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, as applicable, in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes
not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal, premium, if any, and interest to the date of deposit (in the case of Notes that have become due and payable), or to the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be;
(3) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable under this Indenture; and (4) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each to the effect that all conditions
precedent under Article 11 hereof relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with; provided that any such counsel may rely on any Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact (including as to
compliance with the foregoing clauses (1), (2) and (3) of this Section 11.01). 
 Notwithstanding the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to clause (a)(2) of this Section, the provisions of Section 11.02 and Section 8.06 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.

  

	 	Section 11.02	Application of Trust Money. 

 (a) Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the
Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and Additional
Interest, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

(b) If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 11.01 by
reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture
and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, premium and Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any
Notes because of the reinstatement of their obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

ARTICLE 12 
 MISCELLANEOUS 
  

	 	Section 12.01	Trust Indenture Act Controls. 

 If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA §318(c), the imposed duties shall control. 

  
 87 

	 	Section 12.02	Notices. 

 (a) Any notice
or communication by the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier or overnight air
courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address: 
 If to the Issuer or Parent: 

Nexstar Broadcasting, Inc. 
 5215 N. O’Connor Boulevard, Suite 1400 
 Irving, Texas 75039 

Facsimile: (972) 373-8888 
 Attention: Chief Financial Officer 
 With a copy to: 

Kirkland & Ellis LLP 
 601 Lexington Avenue 
 New York, New York 10022 

Facsimile: (212) 446-6460 
 Attention: Joshua N. Korff, Esq. 
 If to Mission: 

Mission Broadcasting, Inc. 
 30400 Detroit Road, Suite 304 
 Westlake, Ohio 44145 

Facsimile: (877) 268-6040 
 Attention: Dennis Thatcher 
 If to the Trustee: 

The Bank of New York Mellon 
 Corporate Trust Division 
 101 Barclay Street - 8W 

New York, New York 10286 
 Facsimile: (212) 815-5704 
 (b) All notices to Holders of Notes shall be
validly given if mailed to them at their respective addresses in the register of the Holders of the Notes, if any, maintained by the Registrar. For so long as any Notes are represented by Global Notes, all notices to Holders of the Notes shall be
delivered to DTC, delivery of which shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this Section 12.02(b), which shall give such notices to the Holders of Book-Entry Interests. 

(c) Each such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the date of such publication or, if published more than once on different
dates, on the first date on which publication is made; provided that, if notices are mailed, such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the later of such publication and the seventh day after being so mailed. Any notice or
communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to such Person by first-class mail or other equivalent means and shall be sufficiently given to him if so mailed within the time prescribed. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or
any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 

  
 88 

	 	Section 12.03	Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes. 

 Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have
the protection of TIA § 312(c). 
  

	 	Section 12.04	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 

 Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee: 

(a) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set
forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and 

(b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in
Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied. 
  

	 	Section 12.05	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 

 Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) shall comply with
the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and shall include: 
 (a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or
opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
 (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or
investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (c) a statement that,
in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and 

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied. 

 

	 	Section 12.06	Rules by Trustee and Agents. 

 The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions. 

 

	 	Section 12.07	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators and Shareholders. 

No director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder of the Issuer, the Guarantors or any of its or their respective Subsidiaries
or Affiliates, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Note Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a
Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 
  

	 	Section 12.08	Governing Law. 

 THIS
INDENTURE AND THE NOTES AND THE RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER AND THEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 

  
 89 

	 	Section 12.09	Submission to Jurisdiction; Service of Process; Waiver of Jury Trial. 

 Each party hereto hereby submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and of any New York State Court sitting in The City of New York
for purposes of all legal proceedings arising out of or relating to this Indenture, the Notes or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. Each party hereto irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it
may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Process in any such suit, action or
proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the State of New York. Without limiting the foregoing, the parties agree that service of process upon such party at the address referred to in Section 12.02,
together with written notice of such service to such party, shall be deemed effective service of process upon such party. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably waives any and all rights to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or
relating to this Indenture, the Notes or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. 
  

	 	Section 12.10	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 

 This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used
to interpret this Indenture. 
  

	 	Section 12.11	Successors. 

 All
agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as
otherwise provided in Section 10.07. 
  

	 	Section 12.12	Severability. 

 In case
any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 

 

	 	Section 12.13	Counterpart Originals. 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the
same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Indenture by facsimile, email or other electronic means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Indenture. 

 

	 	Section 12.14	Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 

 The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this
Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
  

	 	Section 12.15	Qualification of Indenture. 

 The Issuer and the Guarantors shall qualify this Indenture under the TIA in accordance with and to the extent required by the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement and shall pay all
reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the
Notes and printing this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Issuer and the Guarantors any such Officers’ Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection
with any such qualification of this Indenture under the TIA. 

  
 90 

	 	Section 12.16	Force Majeure. 

 In no
event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work
stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it
being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 

[Signatures on following pages] 

  
 91 

 SIGNATURES 
 Dated as of November 9, 2012 
  

					
	NEXSTAR BROADCASTING GROUP, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Perry A. Sook

		 	Name:	 	 Perry A. Sook

		 	Title:	 	 President and Chief Executive Officer

 [Indenture] 

 
					
	NEXSTAR BROADCASTING, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Perry A. Sook

		 	Name:	 	Perry A. Sook
		 	Title:	 	President and Chief Executive Officer

 [Indenture] 

 
					
	MISSION BROADCASTING, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Dennis P. Thatcher

		 	Name:	 	Dennis P. Thatcher
		 	Title:	 	President

 [Indenture] 

 
			
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Latoya S. Elvin

		 	Name: Latoya S. Elvin
		 	Title: Vice President

 [Indenture]

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00209-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00209-of-00352.parquet"}]]